Master of Bioscience Engineering: Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering (Leuven)

CQ Master of Bioscience Engineering: Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering (Leuven)

Opleiding

What can you find on this webpage?

Our (future) students can find the official study programme and other useful info here.

You can find information about admission requirements, further studies and more practical info such as ECTS sheets, or a weekly timetable of the current academic year.

Are you a future student?

Be sure to first take a look at the page about the Master of Bioscience Engineering: Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering.

 

There you can find more info on:

- What’s the programme about?

- Starting profile

- Admission and application

- Future possibilities

- Why KU Leuven

- Contact

- ...

Toelatingsvoorwaarden

Master of Bioscience Engineering: Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering (Leuven)onderwijsaanbod.kuleuven.be/2024/opleidingen/e/SC_54752925.htm#activetab=voorwaarden

Doelstellingen

1. Have a broad, engineering-oriented knowledge of the biotic and abiotic components of agro- and ecosystems, of their functions, services and values, and of their interrelationships across a large range of spatial and temporal scales;

2. Have profound scientific knowledge in at least one of the following domains: (i) land-based biological production systems (agri- and silviculture); (ii) systems for the conservation and management of the natural environment in relation to the biological production (soil, water, climate, biodiversity); (iii) agricultural and environmental economics, (iv) data acquisition and information processing related to the three previously mentioned domains;

3. Be capable of analyzing, using a systems approach, the interactions between and within agrosystems, ecosystems and the socio-economic context from at least one of the following perspectives: (i) production systems; (ii) environmental management; (iii) economics and (iv) data requirements and information processing. Dependent upon the applicable perspective, being capable of understanding, formulating, parameterizing, validating and implementing models of the biophysical, ecological, bioeconomical, statistical, spatio-temporal and/or combined types. Being capable of optimizing decisions regarding land use taking account all ecological, agronomical, engineering and socio-economical constraints;

4. Be capable of integrating knowledge about agro- and ecosystems and related engineering technologies in geographically targeted projects and interventions at local to regional scales, as well as in policy preparation and evaluation at regional to global scales;

5. Be capable of positioning agro- and ecosystems in various societal, cultural, economical and policy contexts and in interdiciplinary work and research frameworks. Be aware of the research, societal and corporate challenges regarding agro- and ecosystems and their management;

6. Be capable of functioning in interdisciplinary teams and of taking up starter leadership. Be capable of comparing the domain- or discipline-specific approach with the approaches of other domains and disciplines. Be aware of the values but also of the limitations of the disciplines for contributing to the sustainable management of agro- and ecosystems.

7. Problem-oriented formulation and analysis of complex problems within the expertise domain, by dividing these into manageable subproblems and designing solutions for specific cases with attention for the application possibilities and broader conceptual impact.

8. Independently conceive, plan and execute an engineering project at the level of a starting investigating professional. Conduct and critically interpret a literature search according to scientific standards, with attention for the conceptual context and the application potential.

9. Use intradisciplinary and interdisciplinary insights to select, adapt or eventually develop advanced research, design and solution methods, and adequately apply these and scientifically process the obtained results; motivate the choices made based on the foundations of the discipline and the requirements of the application and business context.

10. Act from a research attitude: creativity, accuracy, critical reflection, motivation of choices on scientific grounds.

11. Groundbreaking, innovative and application-oriented development of systems, products, services and processes; extrapolation with attention for the business context. Extract new research questions from design problems.

12. Control system complexity using quantitative methods. Have sufficient knowledge, insight and experience in scientific research to critically evaluate the results.

13. Act from an engineering attitude within a generic and discipline-specific context: result-oriented attitude, attention for planning and technical, economical and societal boundary conditions like sustainability, risk and feasibility assessment of the proposed approach or solution, focus on results and achievement of effective solutions, innovative and transdisciplinary thinking.

14. Work using a project-based approach from a generic and disciplinary context: formulate goals, keep focus on specific objectives and development route, operate as a member of an interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary team, develop leadership, operate in an international or intercultural environment, report effectively.

15. Have the economic and business insight to place the contribution to a process or the solution of a problem in a wider context.

16. Weigh specifications and boundary conditions and transform them into a high quality system, product or process. Extract useful information from incomplete, conflicting or redundant data.

17. Communicate written and verbally about the own field in the language of instruction and in the languages that are relevant for the specialism.

18. Communicate and present subject matters in fluent language and graphically to colleagues and laypersons.

Educational quality of the study programme

Here you can find an overview of the results of the COBRA internal quality assurance method.

Educational quality at study programme level

Blueprint
Blueprint_MA_Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering.pdf

COBRA 2019-2023
COBRA report_MA_Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering.pdf

Educational quality at university level

  • Consult the documents on educational quality available at university level.

More information?

SC Master of Bioscience Engineering: Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering (Leuven)

programma

All subgroups are compulsory: the Master's Thesis, the Truncus Communis, the Major Segment, the Minor Segment and the Reorientation/Elective Courses.

Students who followed their bachelor's programme at another faculty or university, follow an adapted programme. Any courses already taken in their undergraduate programme are replaced by additional elective courses from one of the core programmes of the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering (bachelor/master in de bio-ingenieurswetenschappen, Master of Bioscience Engineering, Master of Bioinformatics, Master of Food Technology, Master of Water Resources Engineering).

printECTS33.xsl

ECTS European Perspectives on Religion and Meaning (B-KUL-A05E3A)

3 ECTS English 13 First termFirst term

Aims

Aims

This course examines the phenomenon of religion as it has come to be expressed in the European context, and as such reflects on the past, present and future significance of religion as an element of European thought and culture. To this end, the course will review the historical/anthropological evolution of religion focusing on a number of important themes. The course seeks to promote sensitivity toward a religious worldview next to other worldviews in today's culture and society. The course aims at gaining insight into the way in which religion understands itself, using a range of methods and interpretative frameworks. Thirdly, the course encourages the development of the personal opinion of students concerning religion.

At the end of this course, students will be able

              • to explain which role worldviews and religions, in particular the Christian faith tradition, play in culture and society

              • to apply general ideas from Theology and Religious Studies to current topics in society

              • to confront the religious and worldview-related themes which are associated with their own field of study and to deal with them critically

Previous knowledge

A general familiarity with the main trajectories in Western philosophy, culture and history is expected.

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

European Perspectives on Religion and Meaning (B-KUL-A05E3a)

3 ECTS : Lecture 13 First termFirst term

Content

This course outlines some religious and philosophical aspects of contemporary culture and provides students with tools for forming a critical personal judgment in those spheres in a (post)secular society.

In the first part, a fundamental distinction is made between three different human spheres of interest: cognitive interest (the desire for knowledge), manipulative interest (the desire to influence things), and existential interest (the desire for meaning).

Building upon this distinction, the course familiarizes the student with religious and non-religious forms and structures of meaning-making. It also sheds light on the role of meaning-making processes in shaping personal ethical and philosophical judgments.

The course applies the developed model of meaning-making and judgment formation to several important existential and societal themes. Possible themes include: science and religion; evil, anger, and restoration; freedom, guilt, and responsibility; abortion and euthanasia; the public role of religion. An effort is made to relate these themes to the specific curriculum and future career path of the students.

Course material

The course material consists of course texts and selected literature, which are made available through Toledo, along with the slides used in class.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: European Perspectives on Religion and Meaning (B-KUL-A25E3a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project
Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions
Learning material : None

Explanation

The evaluation for this course consists of two parts.

First, the extent to which the learning content is understood and can be applied is assessed through a written exam that includes open-ended and multiple-choice questions (with penalties for incorrect answers).

Second, participation in an interactive online component (such as a discussion forum or module) is evaluated to determine the student's ability to critically reflect on religious and philosophical themes.

A total of 2 out of 20 points can be earned through the online component, while the exam accounts for 18 out of 20 points.

Information about retaking exams

Only the written exam can be retaken. The points earned from the online component are retained when the exam is retaken.

ECTS Advanced Microeconomics I (B-KUL-D0C08A)

6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term
Dhaene Geert (coordinator) |  Dhaene Geert |  Vosooghi Sareh

Aims

Students are exposed and required to digest the principles, theory, and methods used in consumer and producer theory, as well as the strategic interactions amongst economic agents, both under full and incomplete information. After taking this course, students are able to solve problems of decision making, game theory and information economics.

Previous knowledge

Order of enrolment:
The following course units should be:
* successfully completed: Micro-economics at the bachelor's level and calculus.
* taken before: /
* at least taken at the same time: /


Clarification:
Prerequisites Master of Economics.
A sufficiently strong quantitative (i.e. mathematical and statistical) background.

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Economic Decision Making (B-KUL-D0C29a)

3 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term

Content

Economic decision-making is the first part of the 6-ECTS course Advanced Microeconomics 1 that offers a rigorous training in microeconomic theory. The course aims at a deep understanding of the fundamental theories of individual consumer and producer behavior. Insights obtained in this course will turn out to be useful for a variety of other courses (labor economics, public economics, industrial economics, etc.). The lectures will be quite abstract (with a simple proof now and then), while the exercises will make the theory more concrete.

Course material

The lectures are based on the textbook written by A. Mas-Colell, M.D. Whinston and J.R. Green (1995), Microeconomic Theory, Oxford University Press, Oxford.

Game Theory and Information Economics (B-KUL-D0C30a)

3 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term

Content

This OLA covers the classical introduction to game theory and information economics.
In terms of the textbook by Mas-Colell, Whinston, and Green (1995) Microeconomic Theory, this OLA covers more or less chapters 7, 8, 9, 13, and 15.

Course material

Textbook: the textbook by Mas-Colell, Whinston, and Green (1995) is useful.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Advanced Microeconomics I (B-KUL-D2C08a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written
Learning material : None

Explanation

Determination of grades

The exam is graded by the responsible professors as indicated in Toledo and the exam regulations. The result is expressed by an integer between 0 and 20.
 

Information about retaking exams

Evaluation third examination period

Per academic year, students are entitled to two possibilities to take the exam: a first time during the first or second exam period and a second time during the third exam period.
The characteristics of the evaluation for the third examination period are the same as those used during the first or second examination period.

ECTS Advanced Topics in International & Development Economics (B-KUL-D0M42B)

6 ECTS English 39 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

Aims

After attending this course, the student:


*is able to explain the assumptions, derivations and implications of the main and recent international trade theories.
* is able to explain influential and recent empirical evidence on international trade.
* is able to analyze and evaluate trade policy (instruments).
* is able to evaluate new contributions to the literature against the most recent findings in international publications.
* is able to use insight from the international trade literature to assess scientific and policy-oriented issues.

Previous knowledge

Students are recommended to have to following previous knowledge:


- Undergraduate course in international trade or international economics
- Undergraduate course in microeconomics and macroeconomics
- Undergraduate course in econometrics and statistics

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Advanced Topics in International & Development Economics (B-KUL-D0M42a)

6 ECTS : Lecture 39 Second termSecond term

Content

This course consists of the following topics in the field of International Trade, which are each dealt with on the basis of a seminar journal article and its extensions:

• Traditional Trade Theory: Hecksher-Ohlin theory; Ricardo theory of international Trade

• New Trade Theory: Krugman (1980); Krugman (1979); Krugman (1991); Helpman and Grossman (1991); Krugman (1984)

• NewNew Trade Theory: Melitz (2003), Melitz and Ottaviano (2008); Melitz and Redding (2014); Eaton, Kortum, Kramarz (2004); Helpman, Melitz, Yeaple (2008); Melitz and Trefler (2012); Antras, Fort, Tintelnot (2014); Arkolakis, Costinot, Rodriguez_Clare (2013); Di Giovanini and Levchenko (2014), Mayer and Head (2014)

• Evidence on Heterogeneous firms in Trade: Lileeva and Trefler (2009), Bernard, Jensen and Schott (2007), Mayer and Ottaviano (2008); Bernard, Van Beveren, Vandenbussche (2014); De Loecker (2007); Van Biesebroeck (2007); Aw, Roberts and Whinston (2010); Goldberg, Pavnic, Topolova, Khandelwal, (2010); Fontagné, Mayer, Ottaviano (2009); Gorg, Halpern, Murakozy (2010)


• NewNew Trade Theory – Extensions: Di Comite, Thisse, Vandenbussche (2014); Bernard, Van Beveren, Blanchard, Vandenbussche (2013); Eckel and Neary (2008), Bernard, Redding and Schott (2010), Bernard, Grazzi, Tommasi (2010); Baldwin and Harrigan (2008); Verhoogen (2008); Crozet, Head and Mayer (2012); Mayer, Melitz, Ottaviano (2014)

• Trade Policy and Heterogeneous Firms: Melitz and Ottaviano (2008); Konings and Vandenbussche (2005,2008); Konings and Amiti (2007); Kasahara and Lapham (2010); Konings and Vandenbussche (2012)

• Transport Costs: Martin (2012), Irrazabal et al. (2012) ; Hummels and Skiba (2004) etc.

• Reading List

Course material

Used Course Material:


-Textbook Feenstra (2004), Advanced International Trade, Princeton University Press
-Textbook Combes, Mayer, Thisse (2009), Economic Geography, Princeton University Press
- International journal articles
- Slides on the electronic learning platform Toledo

Format: more information

The course consists of a number of colleges. Students are recommended to prepare for each college according to the professor’s instructions during the previous college and to messages posted on Toledo.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Advanced Topics in International & Development Economics (B-KUL-D2M42b)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Presentation, Take-Home
Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
Learning material : None

Explanation

Features of the evaluation
All students have to hand in their assignment before the deadline mentioned in class and on Toledo. The instructions for the assignment will be discussed in class and on Toledo.

Determination of final grades
The final grade is based on the Exam (70%) and on the Take-home assignment and paper presentation (30%). The final exam (70%) is a written exam which consists of a number of multiple choice questions, combined with analytical questions and essay questions. The length is 2 hours.
During term, students are required to actively engage in the material by completing about 8 different assignments that range from more theoretical questions to empirical data exercises.
In addition, they are required to select a recent paper from the Journal of International Economics and to write a referee report which students are required to present in class. Referee reports are written individually or in group depending on the size of the class.

Second examination opportunity
During the second examination round, students are required to re-take another final exam. They keep the grades of the assignments and of the paper report and presentation which they obtained throughout the term.

Information about retaking exams

Second examination opportunity
During the second examination round, students are required to re-take another final exam. They keep the grades of the assignments and of the paper report and presentation which they obtained throughout the term.

ECTS Welfare Economics (B-KUL-D0M44B)

6 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term

Aims

This course gives an introduction to modern normative public economics and second best theory (with empirical applications) and explores the links with recent advances in social choice theory.

Upon completion of this course, the student can

*explain the trade-offs between different values (e.g. efficiency and equality)
*formalize in an adequate way different notions of justice
*analyse specific policy issues on the basis of a coherent ethical framework
 

 

 

Previous knowledge

Students should have followed a course in intermediate microeconomics.

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Welfare Economics (B-KUL-D0M44a)

6 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term

Content

  • First best and second best


  • Traditional social choice: Arrow’s impossibility theorem, social welfare functions, optimal income taxation, tax reform, no-envy criterion.


  • Non-welfarist social choice: limitations of welfarism, Sen’s approach of basic capabilities, Paretian liberal and the theory of rights, compensation and responsibility, equality of opportunity (with empical applications: taxation).


  • Empirical work on justice opinions in the population.

Course material

Used Course Material
*Recent papers from scientific journals. This material changes from year to year.
Additional Recommended Course Material
/
Toledo
*Toledo is being used for this course.
 

Format: more information

Lectures, group discussions.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Welfare Economics (B-KUL-D2M44b)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Course material

Explanation

Features of the evaluation

* The evaluation consists of a written, open book exam with open questions.

Determination of final grades

* The grades are determined by the lecturer as communicated via Toledo and stated in the examination schedule. The result is calculated and communicated as a whole number on a scale of 20.

Second examination opportunity

* The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are similar to those of the first examination opportunity, as described above.

ECTS Entrepreneurship and New Business Development (B-KUL-D0O37A)

6 ECTS English 54 Both termsBoth terms Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

Aims

This course offers a bird's-eye view of the entrepreneurial process, exploring how opportunities are transformed into value-creating economic activities. It aims to enhance understanding of the how, where, when, who, and why behind entrepreneurial initiatives.

Upon completion of this course, the student is able to:

  • Explain and illustrate the unique qualities of the entrepreneurial process;
  • Understand the role that business planning may have on the entrepreneurial process;
  • Understand the significance and dangers of business plan writing;
  • Appreciate the different purposes and audiences for business plans;
  • Evaluate the attractiveness of product and service ideas;
  • Evaluate the feasibility of business models;
  • Retrieve (sufficiently reliable) primary data as input to a business planning process;
  • Apprehend the essential components of effective business plans;
  • Develop and evaluate a sophisticated business plan for an identified or given opportunity;
  • Adequately present a business idea.

 

 

Previous knowledge

This course does not assume that you have taken prior classes on entrepreneurship or business administration. However, it would help if you have a rudimentary understanding of how organizations operate. Actually, students who have already taken management or business courses may come to realize that the entrepreneurial building of new business is quite distinct from more generic business management.

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Entrepreneurship: Models and Ingredients (B-KUL-D0O39a)

2 ECTS : Lecture 36 Both termsBoth terms

Content

This component is designed to immerse students in the theory of entrepreneurship and new venture creation and address the trepidations of students who may consider becoming entrepreneurs at some point in their career.

Topics Covered in this Course:

  • Entrepreneurship intro, idea generation;
  • Feasibility study, business plan guidelines;
  • Industry analysis, market analysis;
  • Industry segmentation, target market selection;
  • Marketing plan, business positioning;
  • Team development;
  • Operations, product development plan;
  • Getting funding, financial statements.

Course material

Used Course Material:

  • Barringer, B.R. & Ireland, R.D. (2012). Entrepreneurship: Successfully launching new ventures (4th edition). Harlow: Pearson Education Limited;
  • Barringer, B.R. (2008). Preparing effective business plans: An entrepreneurial approach. Upper Saddle River (NJ): Prentice Hall;
  • Jones-Evans, D. & Carter, S. (2012). Enterprise and small business: Principles, practice and policy (3rd edition). Harlow: Pearson Education Limited.

Recommended Reading:

Toledo:

  • Toledo is being used to share all necessary readings and lecture slides.

Language of instruction: more information

This course is taught in English. 

Format: more information

Students interactively acquire in-depth and advanced insights into the entrepreneurial process in a course that combines traditional lectures (Models and Ingredients) with a demanding field project (Development of a Business Plan).

Entrepreneurship: Development of a Business Plan (B-KUL-D0O64a)

4 ECTS : Assignment 18 Both termsBoth terms

Content

For this component, students participate in a group-based business plan writing exercise, accompanied by presentations on their group's progress.

Topics Covered in this Course:

  • Idea generation and feasibility study;
  • Industry analysis, market analysis;
  • Industry segmentation, target market selection;
  • Marketing plan, business positioning;
  • Team development;
  • Operations, product development plan;
  • Getting funding, financial statements.

 

Course material

Used Course Material:

  • Barringer, B.R. & Ireland, R.D. (2012). Entrepreneurship: Successfully launching new ventures (4th edition). Harlow: Pearson Education Limited;
  • Barringer, B.R. (2008). Preparing effective business plans: An entrepreneurial approach. Upper Saddle River (NJ): Prentice Hall;
  • Jones-Evans, D. & Carter, S. (2012). Enterprise and small business: Principles, practice and policy (3rd edition). Harlow: Pearson Education Limited.

Toledo:

  • Toledo is being used to share all necessary readings, lecture slides, presentation guidelines, submit work, etc.

Language of instruction: more information

This course is taught in English. All presentations are delivered in English. 

Format: more information

Presentation - Project work

This course provides you with a profound understanding of the role, analytics, and process of business plan writing. Following the lectures ("Models and Ingredients"), students will engage in a group-based business-planning project and accompanying presentations. You will learn how to rigorously prepare for starting up a new business. As part of a small (approximately 6 students) and diverse team, you will develop an operational business plan aimed at either the creation of a new venture (NVC-track) or the development of new business for an established small to medium-sized firm (NBD-track). You will engage in all steps of the entrepreneurial decision-making process (e.g., idea generation, feasibility analysis, industry study, market analysis, marketing plan, production plan, product development, and financial statements). Participants are expected to accumulate entrepreneurial knowledge and behaviors that support creative solutions and new value development.

The business plan is the most demanding course component. It is in the business plan that you can show what you have learned from the course. It requires extensive field research, creativity, and critical thinking.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Entrepreneurship and New Business Development (B-KUL-D2O37a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment
Type of questions : Multiple choice
Learning material : None

Explanation

Features of the Evaluation:

  • A written exam assesses the extent to which the student has internalized the key insights from the course material that were studied to prepare for the lectures and that will be applied in the business plan. Questions will be in the format of single-answer, multiple-choice, with correction for guessing. Further details about the grading of the multiple-choice questions will be explained during the lectures and can be found on the Toledo page;
  • The course involves the full development of an operational business plan as well as multiple intermediate presentations throughout the year;
  • The business plan and presentations should reflect that you can adequately apply the different entrepreneurial concepts presented in class;
  • Upon completion of the business plan, students have to indicate the extent to which their team members (peers) have contributed to the final result of the manuscript and its presentations (= peer assessment);
  • For the business plan exercise, the terms of delivery and deadlines will be determined by the lecturer (titularis) and communicated via the Toledo page;
  • The date of the (final) business plan presentation(s) will be determined by the lecturer (titularis) and communicated via the Toledo page. The presentations will take place before the examination period.

Determination of the Final Grades:

  • The grades are determined by the lecturer (titularis) as communicated via the Toledo page and stated in the examination schedule. The final grade is calculated and communicated as an integer on a scale of 20;
  • The final grade is a weighted score and consists of the following components:
    • 30% on a written closed-book exam in the form of multiple-choice questions, organized in the January examination period (with correction for guessing);
    • 50% on the final business plan;
    • 20% on the business plan presentations.
  • Peer evaluation may trigger a correction up to 20% of the grade of the business plan;
  • If the set deadlines for the business plan exercise were not respected, the final grade will be “NA” (not taken) for the whole course;
  • If the student does not participate in the development of the business plan, the final grade will be “NA” (not taken) for the whole course;
  • If the student does not participate in the exam, the final grade will be “NA” (not taken) for the whole course;
  • Student attendance and participation in the business plan presentations are required for successful completion of the whole course.

Second Examination Opportunity:

  • At the second exam opportunity, the final grade is based on:
    • 30% on a written closed-book exam in the form of multiple-choice questions (with correction for guessing);
    • 50% on an individual assignment (for students who failed the business plan component);
    • 20% on the business plan presentations.
  • Students who passed the exam do not have to retake the exam. The grade obtained at the first exam opportunity will therefore be transferred to the second exam opportunity;
  • Students who have passed the business plan cannot retake that component. For them, the results already obtained at the first exam opportunity will be transferred to the second exam opportunity;
  • Students who failed the business plan, cannot retake the business plan exercise but are required to complete an individual, written assignment;
  • Due to the nature of the business plan presentations, this part of the evaluation cannot be retaken. The grade obtained at the first exam opportunity for this part will therefore be transferred to the second exam opportunity.

Information about retaking exams

See ‘Explanation’ for further information regarding the second examination opportunity.

ECTS Strategic IP Management (B-KUL-D0O43A)

3 ECTS English 18 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

Aims

Upon completion of this course, the student is able to:

  • Understand and explain different types of IP
  • Formulate closed IP strategies
  • Formulate open IP strategies
  • Build and leverage IP portfolios
  • Perform patent landscaping analyses
  • Build IP strategies for weak IPR environments

Previous knowledge

There is no specific prior knowledge required for this course.

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Strategic IP Management (B-KUL-D0O43a)

3 ECTS : Lecture 18 Second termSecond term

Content

In this course you learn how to develop defensive and offensive intellectual property (IP) strategies that support your business model(s) and competitive strategy. You develop an understanding of the different types of IP (patents, copyright, trademarks, trade secrets), and learn how to formulate closed and open IP strategies. Further, you learn how to build IP portfolios and how to extract value from (unused) IP. Finally, patent landscaping techniques are introduced and you learn how to formulate IP strategies for weak IPR environments.

Course material

Used Course Material
* A reader available through Ekonomika.

Toledo
* Toledo is being used for this learning activity to share readings, lecture slides, etc.

Format: more information

Students interactively acquire insights of strategic IP Management. Throughout the course the case study method is used complemented by plenary discussions. Students should come to class having individually read the cases mentioned under ‘Class preparation’ for each session. Students can use the preparatory questions to guide their individual reading of the case. No case reports are required.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Strategic IP Management (B-KUL-D2O43a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written, Participation during contact hours
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : None

Explanation

Features of the evaluation

The evaluation consists of a final exam and class participation.
* The written exam is a closed book exam and consists of open questions.
* The class participation consists of case and plenary discussions.

Determination of final grades

* The grades are determined by the lecturer as communicated via Toledo and stated in the examination schedule. The result is calculated and communicated as a whole number on a scale of 20.
* The final grade is a weighted score and consists of : the written exam which is graded and counts for 100%. The evaluation of class participation will lead to an adjustment varying from 0 to +2 points of the final grade.

Second examination opportunity

* The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are similar to those of the first examination opportunity, as described above.
* Due to the nature of the class participation (i.e. the case and plenary discussions), the grade attained at the first examination opportunity will be transferred to the second examination opportunity.

Information about retaking exams

See explanation for further examination regarding the second examination opportunity.

ECTS Econometric Methods and Models (B-KUL-D0Q46A)

6 ECTS English 40 First termFirst term

Aims

The aim of this course is to acquaint students with practical skills and a solid understanding of a wide range of commonly used econometric models and techniques for the analysis of panel data, time series and cross-sectional data used in contemporaneous empirical economic research.
The emphasis is on a practical understanding of the models and methods, and how to apply them. After following this course, students should be able to: 
·       have a good working knowledge of the key properties of standard methods of estimation (including OLS, IV, ML, GMM)
·       be able to apply this estimation methods in a variety of models (linear models, models with endogeneity, discrete choice models, sample selection models, linear panel data models, differences-in-differences models, and time series models for prediction of economic time series and its variance);
·       correctly interpret and critically evaluate the empirical results in those applications
·       correctly apply these methods to empirical data sets using econometric software.

Previous knowledge

•           a first course in econometrics (in particular, the linear regression model), at the level of Stock and Watson (2011), Introduction to econometrics, or Wooldridge (2009), Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach;

•           some experience with an econometric software package such as Stata or EViews;

•           a working knowledge of basic concepts in statistics and mathematics (calculus, linear algebra).

Identical courses

D0C09A: Econometric Methods and Models

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Micro-econometric Models (B-KUL-D0C24a)

3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term

Content

Identifying causal relationships among variables is a key part of econometrics. These causal relationships may involve linear relationships but also discrete or censored outcome variables. Examples of these non-linear relationships can be found in many economics questions and fields, for example labor economics (the decision to work and hours worked), consumer demand (choices between different products), or investment theory (a firm’s investment and location choices). This course introduces students to the discussion of causality and the challenges of identification, different methods of estimation of models (OLS, IV, 2SLS, GMM and Maximum Likelihood) and its applications in linear models and non-linear models with discrete or censored dependent variables and selected samples.

Course material

Communication via Toledo

Dynamic models and panel data (B-KUL-D0Q46a)

3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term

Content

Many datasets include also the time dimension, so we observe one or more economic agents over time. This feature opens the possibility of alternative specifications to allow for different causal relationships and the use of identification variation. Additionally, sometimes we do not have the cross-sectional dimension but only the times series dimension, and we are interested in using the data to predict either the level or the variance of a particular variable. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to specify, estimate, and evaluate regression models with panel data and time series data, in order to forecast and quantify dynamic causal effects. The concepts in time series regressions include: lags and serial correlations, first differences, growth rates, autoregression, point forecasts and interval forecasts, deterministic vs. stochastic trends, unit roots and cointegration. The concepts in panel data regressions include: panel data estimation, random and fixed effects models, difference-in-differences identification and clustering of standard errors.

Course material

Communication via Toledo

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Econometric Methods and Models (B-KUL-D2Q46a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Report
Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
Learning material : Course material, Calculator, Computer

Explanation

Evaluation characteristics:
 
​​The exam is a written, closed-book exam. Students may use a pocket (not programmable) calculator. The exam is graded over 20 points. In addition, there are six take-home exercises, graded as follows: +1 point for 6 exercises handed in, 0 points for 1 to 5 exercises handed in, and -1 point for zero exercises handed in.​
 
Determination of the end result: 
 
If a student does not participate in the exam, he/she receives NA (not participated) for the whole course. The final grade is ​​​the sum of the grade of the exam plus any potential extra point obtained from handing in the exercises

Information about retaking exams

The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described in the tab 'Explanation'.

ECTS Global Value Chains (B-KUL-D0S09A)

6 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

Aims

At the end of this course the student is able to:

  • Provide an overview of the extent and the nature of inter-connectivity of economic activities across countries
  • Analyze the optimal organization of a firm’s global production network using state-of-the-art economic theories
  • Explain which factors lead to different types of international activities: trade, outsourcing, FDI, offshoring, etc.

Previous knowledge

At the beginning of the course, students should at least have followed one intermediate (BA level) class in each of economics, mathematics, and statistics.

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Global Value Chains (B-KUL-D0S09a)

6 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term

Content

The course will cover the following topics:

  • Models that predict what different countries produce and trade
  • International fragmentation of the production process
  • Impact of outsourcing & technology on labor markets
  • The organization and governance of supply chains
  • The role of multinationals

Course material

The course will use survey papers from the academic literature that are not too technical, e.g. from the Journal of Economic Perspectives or the Annual Review of Economics, supplemented with lecture slides and policy reports. All material will be made available through Toledo.

Language of instruction: more information

Advanced (MA-level) class that will touch on current research which is predominantly in English.

Format: more information

The weekly lectures will cover theoretical expositions by the instructor, followed by tutorial sessions applying the theory to real world situations that will require active class participation.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Global Value Chains (B-KUL-D2S09a)

Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Report, Skills test
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Course material

Explanation

Nature of the evaluation

  • Each week, almost half of the class time is devoted to applying the theory in specific, real-world cases. Students work in small groups on this and we have a class discussion to gather insights. A report of this discussion session, answering specific questions, needs to be submitted each week by the start of the next lecture. Students who did not attend the lecture still submit a written report based on the questions that are posted on Toledo, but work individually on this.
  • In the last lecture, there will be a set of similar exercises. Students will work on them individually and turn in their written report. They can use any course material, but no computer or cellphone, during this test. It will consist of open questions that require the application of the class material to real-world examples as well as true/false statements that need to be discussed.

Determination of final result:

  • The grade is calculated and communicated as a whole number on a scale of 20.
  • The final grade is a weighted score and consists of:
    • 3.5% per lecture based on the weekly submitted report (total of 31.5%)
    • The balance of the weight, expected to be 68.5%, on the test in the final lecture. 
  • If the student does not submit a report on the in-class discussion session, the grades for these partial evaluations will be a 0-grade within the calculations of the final grade.

Information about retaking exams

  • The nature of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity
  • Students can submit a new written report on any weekly exercise, e.g. when they received a failing grade or those they did not submit during the semester. These need to be submitted before the start of the 2nd exam period. If no new report is submitted, the grade of the first examination session will be used for the weighted score.

ECTS Technology Trends and Opportunities (B-KUL-D0S17A)

6 ECTS English 36 Both termsBoth terms Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

Aims

Upon completion of this course, the student is able to:

  • recognise of a number of technology trends (background, constituents and potential applications) situated in a variety of fields (ICT, Materials/Chemicals, Micro/nano-electronics, energy,…) and how they might become economically valuable.
  • define and clarify concepts  and models (rationale/assumptions, ingredients, implications) relevant for assessing the development of technology trends (into entrepreneurial opportunities): technology forecasting, technology foresight and scenario development.
  • apply these models and approaches to model future developments of a technology trend (taking into account uncertainties and contingencies).

Previous knowledge

There is no specific preknowledge required for this course. 

Identical courses

HMI15A: Technology Trends and Opportunities

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Technology Trends and Opportunities (B-KUL-D0S17a)

6 ECTS : Lecture 36 Both termsBoth terms

Content

The lectures aim to let students acquire a profound insight in different models and approaches that aim to assess the future development and diffusion of technology and the translation into market/entrepreneurial opportunities. Both quantitative (forecasting) and qualitative approaches (scenario development) will be introduced and assessed. Specific attention will be paid to the role and modelling of contingencies (e.g. development paths of complementary technologies) and the inclusion of uncertainty/unpredictability.

The course also requires students to participate in a series of workshops and testimonials that highlight and discuss a number of technology trends that might unfold in markets/entrepreneurial opportunities in the foreseeable future. These seminars are given by (entrepreneurial) scientists and industry experts. Students are expected to attend and actively participate in these seminars.

Course material

Used Course Material

  • Articles and literature
  • Syllabus
  • Lecture handouts

All material is made available through Toledo.

Format: more information

  • Lectures introduce theoretical concepts in the assessment of technologies, and allow for hands-on practice of techniques like technology modelling, growth modelling, scenario planning, ecosystem mapping, etc.
  • Testimonial sessions by experts introduce recent technology trends and require the application of the concepts taught in the accompanying lecture.
  • The group assignment (2nd semester) requires to apply the lecture concepts to a chosen technology (and demonstrate this through a report and in a final Q&A session), supported by coaching sessions.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Technology Trends and Opportunities (B-KUL-D2S17a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Participation during contact hours
Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions
Learning material : Course material, None

Explanation

FEATURES OF THE EVALUATION

  • The closed book exam at the end of the 1st semester (in the January exam period) assesses the extent to which the student has internalized the insights from the readings and lectures and is able to diagnose the relevancy of different forward-looking approaches (for technological developments); their consequences/limitations and  the implications for enacting entrepreneurial opportunities. The exam contains both open questions (essay questions) and multiple-choice questions (with penalty correction for guessing).
  • The report and the related Q&A session assess the abilities of the students to apply different models and approaches to arrive at an informed ‘prediction’ on the translation of technological opportunities into entrepreneurial opportunities. During the Q&A session each group is invited separately and has to answer questions about their reports. The report and Q&A session are a group assignment, done in teams of +/- 4 students.
    • For the report the requirements and deadline will be determined by the lecturer and communicated via Toledo. The deadline will be situated before the start of the examination period at the end of the second semester.
    • The timing for the final Q&A session will communicated via Toledo and will take place before the start of the examination period at the end of the second semester, typically at the beginning of May.
  • Participation in the lectures is assessed (this may also include the obligation to hand in written summary reports).

DETERMINATION OF FINAL GRADES

  • The grades are determined by the lecturer as communicated via Toledo and stated in the examination schedule. The result is calculated and communicated as a number on a scale of 20.
  • The final grade is a weighted score and consists of the following components: 50% on a written closed book exam, 40% on the report and Q&A-session, and 10% on participation in the lectures.
  • If the student does not participate in the written exam, the final grade of the course will be NA (not taken) for the whole course.
  • If the deadline for the report was not respected, the grade for that respective part will be a 0-grade, unless agreed otherwise by the lecturer. Changes in deadlines can only be considered in case of unexpected, severe, circumstances.
  • If the student did not participate in the elaboration of the report, the grade will be NA (not taken) for the whole course..

 

    Information about retaking exams

    SECOND EXAMINATION OPPORTUNITY

    The features of the evaluation and determination of grades differ between the first and the second examination opportunity.

    The student retakes that part of the evaluation (written closed book exam or report) for which (s)he did not pass. The grade obtained at the first exam opportunity for the part the student did pass, will be transferred to the second exam opportunity.

    If students did not pass for the group assignment (and did not pass overall), an individual trajectory for each student in the group will be determined.

    ECTS Advanced Applied Econometrics (B-KUL-D0S91A)

    6 ECTS English 39 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    This course aims at applying modern microeconometric methods in econometric software (STATA).  Students taking this course can deepen their knowledge in applying microeconometric models in practice.

    Upon completion of this course, the student is able to:

    • use simulation techniques in a correct way to visualize consistency of estimators
    • work with simulation techniques to visualize the performance of specification tests
    • explain how the weak instrument problem and a violation of exogeneity assumptions leads to serious bias.
    • explain why discussing marginal effects in econometric work is very important
    • explain why empirical results published in empirical research are not necessarily correct.

    Previous knowledge

    Students who want to take this course, should at least have an intermediate knowledge of econometrics.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Applied Econometrics (B-KUL-D0S91a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 39 Second termSecond term

    Content

    Content of the course:
    • Introduction to Monte Carlo Simulatntion and to Bootstrapping using OLS
    • IV estimation
    • Binary response models
    • Order response models
    • Censored regression and selection models
    • Count data models
    • Introduction to panel data estimation
    • Advanced panel data estimation

    In order to highlight important assumptions of the econometric models and possible pitfalls when working with real data, we will either work with simulated data or real data. Simulated data have the advantage that one can specify a "true" data generating process and verify if the econometric methods reover the true model parameters. Possibly more interesting is the fact that we can violate model assumptions in the data generating process and check how the results are biased. In order to fully understand what regression commands in econometric software is doing, students will learn how to program models themselves instead of using the "canned" commands. The course will show that in many cases, one needs to do this, as one can generalize models for cases where there do not exist implemented regression commands already.  While the course at the beginning focuses on basic econometric models, we will also discuss techniques that go beyond the content of other courses.

    Course material

    Used course material:

    • Wooldridge, J.M. (2002), Econometric analysis of Cross-Section and Panel Data, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press
    • Course notes, taken during the lectures
    • Course slides, provided via Toledo (or by email for external students)

    Toledo

    • Toledo is being used for this learning activity.

    Format: more information

    The focus during the course sessions is on explaining the learning content. Students are expected to critically and thoroughly study the methods and models presented during the lectures.

    During the semester, several assignments need to be solved, which can be done individually or in teams of 2 students. Afterwards a sample solution will be made available on Toledo (or sent by email to external students). 

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Applied Econometrics (B-KUL-D2S91a)

    Type : Exam outside of the normal examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions

    Explanation

    FEATURES OF THE EVALUATION

    • The final grade is determined by several (intermediate) assignments and a final exam
    • The final exam consists of a paper with oral defense, taken outside the normal examination period
    • The deadlines of the assignments and the final paper will be determined by the lecturer and communicated via Toledo

    DETERMINATION OF FINAL GRADES

    • The grades are determined by the lecturer as communicated via Toledo and stated in the examination schedule. The result is calculated and communicated as a number on a scale of 20
    • During the year there will be some (intermediate) assignments, which count for 25% of the final grade
    • The final paper and oral exam count for the other 75% of the final grade
    • If the set deadlines were not respected, the final grade will be reduced by 2 points, unless the student(s) asked the lecturer to arrange a new deadline. This request needs to be motivated by grave circumstances
    • If the student does not hand in the intermediate assignments, the grade for these partial evaluations will be a 0-grade within the calculations of the final grade
    • If the student does not participate in the final exam, the final grade of the course will be NA (not taken) for the whole course

    SECOND EXAMINATION OPPORTUNITY

    • The features of the evaluation and/or determination of grades are similar to those of the first examination opportunity, as described above
    • At the second exam opportunity,  the final paper and oral exam count again for 75% of the final grade and the (group) assignments  for 25% of the final grade.
    • Due to the characteristics of the assignments, the same grade of the first exam opportunity will be transferred to the second exam opportunity.

    ECTS Survey Methodology (B-KUL-G0A66A)

    4 ECTS English 15 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N. |  Laenen Tijs (substitute)

    Aims

    Students must have knowledge of all the steps in a survey research project and be aware that the elaboration of each step has an effect on the final results of the survey. At the end students are capable to evaluate the quality of survey data.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of social science methodology and interest in polls about societal topics.
     
    Beginning conditions: Basic course in statistics and social research methods

    Identical courses

    G0A66B: Survey Methodology

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Survey Methodology (B-KUL-G0A66a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 15 First termFirst term
    N. |  Laenen Tijs (substitute)

    Content

    The total survey error paradigm is the basic principle of this course. The different components of the survey process which are relevant for the total survey error and the quality of the survey estimates are discussed. In addition, participants are introducted to the principles of survey experiments. 
     
    Topics

    • Basic concepts of the survey process and survey data quality, such as observational and non-observational error, among others
    • Non response Error
    • The respondent related error
    • Interviewer related bias and variance
    • Questionnaire design and question wording
    • Introduction to survey experiments

    Format: more information

    Lectures
    Study of theoretical papers

    This course module is taught in block teaching, more specifically, in the second half of the first semester. 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Survey Methodology (B-KUL-G2A66a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project

    Explanation

    Features of evaluation
    The evaluation is based on a paper assignment. 

    Determination of final result
    The paper is evaluated by the teacher, and the result is expressed as a whole number on a scale of 20.

    Second examination opportunity
    The features of second exam are the same as the first exam.

    ECTS Atmospheric Chemistry (B-KUL-G0D01A)

    3 ECTS English 20 First termFirst term

    Aims

    Students should be familiar with the key concepts in atmospheric chemistry and should be able to carry out simple calculations needed in the field, and should have gained an appreciation of the challenges in the area. Students should understand the way the field relies on advanced analytical chemistry including remote sensing techniques, on laboratory measurements of key properties for atmospherically important molecules, and on (computer) models of complex atmospheric processes. The students should have a good knowledge of the key features of tropospheric and stratospheric chemistry, including anthropogenic aspects.

    Previous knowledge

    This course may be followed by anyone who has completed courses on physical chemistry to Bachelor in Chemistry level (or equivalent).

    Identical courses

    H02I4A: Atmosfeerchemie
    G0I24A: Reactive Systems

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Atmospheric Chemistry (B-KUL-G0D01a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term

    Content

    The course will include lectures covering the following topics:

    •           General chemical and physical properties of the atmosphere

    •           Chemical analysis of the atmosphere: sampling, spectroscopy, remote sensing, satellite methods

    •           Chemical transport within the atmosphere

    •           Heat transport through the atmospheric system, including the greenhouse effect

    •           Stratospheric chemistry including standard chemistry of ozone and ozone depletion

    •           Tropospheric chemistry including the effect of pollutants (NOx, ozone, hydrocarbons)

    •           Models of the atmosphere

    •           Chemical kinetics concepts for atmospheric chemistry

    Course material

    Atmospheric Chemistry and Physics, Seinfeld & Pandis, Wiley, 3rd edition 2016.

     Introduction to Atmospheric Chemistry, Jacob, Princeton U. Press, 1999 (free pdf online at the author’s page, http://acmg.seas.harvard.edu/people/faculty/djj/book/.

     Atmospheric Chemistry, Holloway & Payne, Royal Soc. Chem. Press, 2010, also in the library.

     PDF files with the detailed content of lectures will be made available through Toledo.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Atmospheric Chemistry (B-KUL-G2D01a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    Students will have several questions: one will be a problem, aimed at calculating a rate or a concentration based on relevant input, another will involve recall of a key set of concepts, another will involve discussion of atmospheric properties.

    Each question will have an assigned mark with the overall mark obtained as the sum of individual marks.

    ECTS Modelling Land Use Changes (B-KUL-G0I83A)

    6 ECTS English 52 Second termSecond term
    Van Rompaey Anton (coordinator) |  Van Rompaey Anton |  N. |  Hemerijckx Lisa-Marie (substitute)

    Aims

    General Objectives

     

     

    Human-induced conversions and modifications of land cover have an increasing impact on the functioning of the earth system. The influences of these land cover and land use changes become globally significant through their accumulative effects. Students that took this course should:
    1) have acquired the necessary knowledge and understanding of the mechanisms of land use change
    2) have the technical skills to detect and map land use changes across different spatial scales
    3) be able to describe land use change processes by means of computational models
    4) be able to evaluate and interpret the output of simulation models in the framework of a broader research hypothesis


    Specific objectives
    1. Be able to interpret land use change as the result of human-environment interactions
    2. Be able to detect and map of land use change using various data sources
    3. Understand the principles of empirical-statistical models of land use change and be able include them in computational models
    4. Understand the principles of stochastic models of land use change and be able include them in computational models
    5.Understand the principles of optimization models of land use change and be able include them in computational models
    6. Understand the principles of process-based models and be able include them in computational models
    7. Be able to validate and interpret the output of land use change models

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of GIS and earth observation techniques

    Basic knowledge of programming (Python or equivalent)

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Modelling Land Use Changes: Lectures (B-KUL-G0I83a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Van Rompaey Anton |  N. |  Hemerijckx Lisa-Marie (substitute)

    Content

    1.Land use change as the result of human-environment interactions
    2.Detection and mapping of land use change
      a) Data sources
      b) Spatial and temporal scale
      c) Data quality
    3.Empirical-statistical models of land use change
    4.Stochastic models of land use change
      a) Conditional probability models
      b) Markov chains
      c) Logistic regression
      d) CA-models
    5.Optimization models of land use change
      a) Von Thünen
      b) Agent-based models
    6.Process-based models
    7.Validation and interpretation of land use change model results
      a) Agreement indices
      b) Error propagation and accuracy

     

    Modelling Land Use Changes: Exercises (B-KUL-G0I84a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 26 Second termSecond term
    Van Rompaey Anton |  N. |  Hemerijckx Lisa-Marie (substitute)

    Content

    The students learn to implement the principles of land use modelling in GIS whereby own modeling code is developed. Students elaborate codes and procedures for 3 major assignments, validate their results and write a report.

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Modelling Land Use Changes (B-KUL-G2I83a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The exam (10/20) evaluates the insight and knowledge of the themes that were discussed in the course and the practicals. Students should write a report of their home assignments (10/20). Not taking part in the practicals results in a failure on the exam.

    ECTS Freshwater and Marine Ecology (B-KUL-G0R62A)

    6 ECTS English 57 Both termsBoth terms Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    De Meester Luc (coordinator) |  De Meester Luc |  Maes Sarah |  N. |  Almeida Rafaela (substitute)

    Aims

    The master has a profound knowledge of the basic principles of freshwater and marine ecology, and integrates them in the general biological knowledge of the biosphere.  He thereby relies on relevant knowledge on complementary scientific disciplines  (such as physics, chemistry, biochemistry, geology and climatology) and biological subdisciplines (such as biodiversity, evolution, ecology, physiology and molecular biology). He deals critically with the international professional literature and tackles new complex problems independently. He makes use of advanced knowledge of theories and models, concepts and processes to work with complex freshwater and marine ecological data. The master communicates his findings from the literature written and orally in English and implements teamwork.  He puts his knowledge in a socio-ethical perspective and interprets it. He is informed of the latest international developments and methods.

    During the field excursions the master works in teams to acquire insights and skills specific to freshwater and marine ecology. He manages critically new knowledge and addresses new issues independently. He evaluates the risks and biological safety of research at sea.

    Please, realise that theory and excercises are organised in the first semester, the exam is in January, the day excursion marine ecology is in early May and the  final marks are known in June.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of ecology

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Freshwater and Marine Ecology: Lectures (B-KUL-G0R62a)

    3.5 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Maes Sarah |  N. |  Almeida Rafaela (substitute)

    Content

    ntroduction to:

    - the aquatic environment

    - freshwater ecology

    - marine ecology

    Cases in freshwater ecology, such as:

    - tropical and arid aquatic ecology

    - temporary ponds

    - rivers

    - paleolimnology

    Cases in marine ecology, such as:

    - estuaries, continental shelf

    - open ocean

    - fisheries

    Integrated discussion

    Course material

    Scientific papers and text book Marine Ecology (M. Kaiser)

    Freshwater and Marine Ecology: Exercises (B-KUL-G0R63a)

    1.5 ECTS : Practical 15 First termFirst term
    De Meester Luc |  Maes Sarah |  N.

    Content

    Recent fundamental and applied topics in the field of Freshwater and Marine Ecology.

    Course material

    Scientific articles

    Format: more information

    Topics in Freshwater and Marine Ecology will be addressed using readers, discussion groups and peer teaching.

    Freshwater and Marine Ecology: Excursion (B-KUL-G0R64a)

    1 ECTS : Field trip 16 Second termSecond term
    Maes Sarah |  N. |  Almeida Rafaela (substitute)

    Content

    Guided marine excursion with the research vessel O.S. Simon Stevin based on 5 learning activities linked to the themes of water, plankton, benthos, fish and birds. In case of inclement weather an alternative program is scheduled in the harbor (visit of O.S. Simon Stevin, demonstration of sampling material and visit of VLIZ or ILVO offices).

    Guided excursion to a freshwater system discussing research questions and approaches, ecosystem functioning and ecosystem services.

    Course material

    Excursion notes

    Format: more information

    Guided excursions are an effective way to have the students experience actively the local freshwater biota and the marine biota of the Belgian coast

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Freshwater and Marine Ecology (B-KUL-G2R62a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    A student passes when (s)he obtains at least 10/20 for the weighted final score (theoretical exam 70%, assignments 30%).

    Participation in all practical exercises is obligatory. Students who do not participate in a practical exercise without a valid reason cannot take the theoretical exam.

    Information about retaking exams

    There is no second evaluation of the practical exercises during the same academic year; results of the first evaluation period will be considered.

    ECTS Privacy and Big Data (B-KUL-H00Y2A)

    4 ECTS English 30 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N. |  Gálvez Vizcaíno Rafa (substitute)

    Aims

    The students understand the privacy risks associated to big data analysis. 

    The students are familiar with privacy preserving techniques relevant to big data. They understand the basic principles of these technologies, as well as their limitations, and are able to apply them in practical scenarios.

    The students understand the basic legal and ethical principles that are relevant when dealing with big data.

    The students are able to perform a privacy impact assessment of an application or service. They can identify privacy concerns from a technical, legal and ethical perspective and they can propose legal, technical and organizational measures for mitigating those concerns. 

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of information and communication systems. Knowledge of cryptography, computer and network security is useful but not essential.

    Identical courses

    H00Y2B: Privacy and Big Data

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Privacy and Big Data: Lecture (B-KUL-H00Y2a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    N. |  Gálvez Vizcaíno Rafa (substitute)

    Content

    The course covers the following topics:

    • Introduction to computer privacy and privacy engineering
    • Database anonymity and privacy: k-anonymity, l-diversity, t-closeness, re-identification attacks, statistical disclosure control, differential privacy
    • Privacy by design
    • Privacy and machine learning
    • Privacy risk analysis
    • Web privacy and user tracking
    • General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), human rights legislation, relevant policy for Big Data, data protection impact assessments
    • Ethical issues of Big Data, Discrimination-aware data-mining, algorithmic accountability

     

    Course material

    Slides, courseware, articles and literature

    Is also included in other courses

    H00Y2B : Privacy and Big Data

    Privacy and Big Data: Practical Sessions (B-KUL-H00Y3a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 10 First termFirst term
    N. |  Gálvez Vizcaíno Rafa (substitute)

    Content

    The first two practical sessions will be devoted to group discussions and feedback on drafts of the assignment. Students work together on the assignment in teams of 2 or 3 people (see evaluation for more details). Students working together on the same team should be in different groups during the exercise session discussions, in order to maximize the feedback obtained from students in other groups. 

    In the first session students will discuss their initial ideas for the assignment (description of their chosen application and initial identification of privacy issues).

    In the second session students will discuss a more complete draft of their assignment and get a second round of feedback for further improvement.

    The last two practical sessions will be devoted to presentations of the assignments by the students. The presentations will be graded (4 points out of 20). Students get feedback on their presentation that they can incorporate in the final version of the assignment. 

    Course material

    Slides, courseware, articles and literature

    Is also included in other courses

    H00Y2B : Privacy and Big Data

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Privacy and Big Data (B-KUL-H20Y2a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Students will select (in teams of 2 or 3 people) a case study in the second week of the class. The case study is an application of service that utilizes Big Data.

    Students must perform a privacy impact assessment, meaning in-depth analysis of the case study with respect to the privacy (legal, technical, and ethical) aspects covered in the class, in an assignment of between 3500 and 4500 words (+/- 15 pages). The assignment text includes: description of the application, analysis of privacy issues and proposed recommendations to address those issues. 

    The teams present their work in a short presentation (5-10 minutes, depending on number of teams) followed by some questions and feedback. The text of the assignment is due after the presentation sessions and before the start of the examination period. 

    The presentation is graded with 4 points and the final text of the assignment with 16 points. 

    Information about retaking exams

    In the second examination period all 20 points are evaluated on the basis of the written assignment (no presentation). Assignments must be submitted BEFORE the start of the examination period (deadline is the last day before the examnination period starts). 

    ECTS Artificial Neural Networks and Deep Learning (B-KUL-H02C4A)

    4 ECTS English 35 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    To introduce the basic techniques, methods and properties of artificial neural networks and deep learning and study its application in selected problems. The basic concepts will be introduced in the lectures. Advanced topics and recent research results will be touched upon occasionally.

    Previous knowledge

    A working knowledge of integral and differential calculus and of vector and matrix algebra (derivative, gradient, Jacobian, vector calculus, matrices, quadratic forms). Some exposure to statistics and probability. A basic knowledge of simple computer programming. A basic knowledge of MATLAB is recommended for part of the exercises.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Artificial Neural Networks and Deep Learning: Lecture (B-KUL-H02C4a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 Second termSecond term

    Content

    • Basic concepts: different architectures, learning rules, supervised and unsupervised learning. Shallow versus deep architectures. Applications in character recognition, image processing, diagnostics, associative memories, time-series prediction, modelling and control.
    • Single- and multilayer feedforward networks and backpropagation, on-line learning, perceptron learning
    • Training, validation and test set, generalization, overfitting, early stopping, regularization, double descent phenomenon
    • Fast learning algorithms and optimization: Newton method, Gauss-Newton, Levenberg-Marquardt, conjugate gradient, adam
    • Bayesian learning
    • Associative memories, Hopfield networks, recurrent neural networks
    • Unsupervised learning: principal component analysis, Oja's rule, nonlinear pca analysis, vector quantization, self-organizing maps
    • Neural networks for time-series prediction, system identification and control; basics of LSTM; basics of deep reinforcement learning
    • Basic principles of support vector machines and kernel methods, and its connection to neural networks
    • Deep learning: stacked autoencoders, convolutional neural networks, residual networks
    • Deep generative models: restricted Boltzmann machines, deep Boltzmann machines, generative adversarial networks, variational autoencoders, normalizing flow, diffusion models
    • Normalization, attention, transformers

    Course material

    Study cost: 1-10 euros (The information about the study costs as stated here gives an indication and only represents the costs for purchasing new materials. There might be some electronic or second-hand copies available as well. You can use LIMO to check whether the textbook is available in the library. Any potential printing costs and optional course material are not included in this price.)

    Artificial Neural Networks and Deep Learning: Exercises (B-KUL-H00G8a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 15 Second termSecond term

    Content

    4 computer exercise sessions

     

    Course material

    • Toledo.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Artificial Neural Networks and Deep Learning (B-KUL-H22C4a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    Individually written report about the exercise sessions, with additional oral discussion.

    ECTS Milieu-economie (B-KUL-H02F4A)

    3 studiepunten Nederlands 20 Eerste semesterEerste semester

    Doelstellingen

    Het opleidingsonderdeel Milieu-Economie beoogt de studenten een dieper inzicht te doen verkrijgen in de vraag waarom en hoe het milieubeleid ontworpen moet worden en hoe ondernemingen met dat beleid kunnen omgaan. Na dit opleidingsonderdeel moeten studenten vragen kunnen beantwoorden zoals:

    • Wat is het maatschappelijk optimale vervuilingsniveau?
    • Hoe moet de inspanning om emissies te verminderen verdeeld worden tussen vervuilers om de totale kosten te minimaliseren?
    • Wat zijn de belangrijkste waarderingstechnieken voor niet-markt goederen en diensten?
    • Wat zijn de voor- en nadelen van verschillende milieubeleidsinstrumenten?
    • Hoe moet een winst maximaliserende onderneming reageren op specifieke milieubeleidsinstrumenten?

    Begintermen

    Kennis van deze onderwerpen is noodzakelijk om dit vak te kunnen volgen:

    • Basis (micro)economie: vraag, aanbod, prijsmechanisme, welvaart, efficiëntie…

    Studenten kunnen hun kennis over micro-economie bijschaven door:

     Een korte micro economie opfrisser (Powerpoint) zal ter beschikking gesteld worden via Toledo.

    Plaats in het onderwijsaanbod

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Milieu-economie (B-KUL-H02F4a)

    3 studiepunten : College 20 Eerste semesterEerste semester

    Inhoud

    Inhoudstafel (gebaseerd op het aanbevolen handboek)

    • 1. Introduction: Economics for the Environment*
    • 2. Markets and the Environment*
    • 3. Valuing the Environment: Concepts*
    • 4. Valuing the Environment: Methods*
    • 5. Environmental Risk and Behaviour*
    • 6. Economic Growth, the Environment and Sustainable Development*
    • 7. Strategic Interaction and the Environment*
    • 8. Trade and the Environment
    • 9. The Economics of Climate Change*
    • 10. Forests
    • 11. The Economics of Water Pollution
    • 12. Biodiversity
    • 13. Non-Renewable Resources and Energy

    (topics met een * worden zeker behandeld in de colleges. De andere topics hangen af van de beschikbare tijd)

    Studiemateriaal

    Aanbevolen handboek: Hanley, N., Shogren, J. and White, B. (2013), Introduction to Environmental Economics - Second Edition (Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK), ISBN 9780199568734

    Extra digitaal studiemateriaal zoals Powerpoint presentaties, extra teksten en oefeningen zullen ter beschikking gesteld worden via Toledo.

    Toelichting onderwijstaal

    De doceertaal is Nederlands. Ook het examen wordt in het Nederlands afgelegd. Het studiemateriaal (handboek, powerpoint slides, artikels, oefeningen) zijn evenwel in het Engels.

    Toelichting werkvorm

    Interactieve plenaire colleges ondersteund door Powerpoint-presentaties.
    Optionele oefeningen worden regelmatig beschikbaar gemaakt voor studenten tijdens de cursus. Oplossingen voor deze oefeningen worden niet in de klas gegeven, maar studenten kunnen individuele of groepsfeedback vragen over hun proefoplossingen. Deze oefeningen zijn bedoeld om studenten te helpen zich voor te bereiden op het examen maar maken geen deel uit van de formele evaluatie van de cursus (er kunnen geen punten verdiend worden met deze oefeningen).
    Indien praktisch mogelijk zal een gastspreker worden uitgenodigd.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluatie: Milieu-economie (B-KUL-H22F4a)

    Type : Examen tijdens de examenperiode
    Evaluatievorm : Schriftelijk
    Vraagvormen : Open vragen
    Leermateriaal : Rekenmachine, Cursusmateriaal

    Toelichting

    Het schriftelijk examen bestaat uit een aantal open tekstvragen. Aan de hand van opdrachten en vragen bij pers- en/of wetenschappelijke artikels wordt bij deze vragen het vermogen getest om de actuele milieuproblemen en milieubeleidsinstrumenten in de leerstof te situeren. Deze vragen vereisen een grondig theoretisch inzicht in de leerstof en kunnen leerstof uit verschillende hoofdstukken omvatten. Sommige vragen kunnen ook basis rekenvaardigheden vereisen.

    Studenten mogen schriftelijk (geen digitaal!) studiemateriaal meebrengen naar het examen. Het examen wordt in het Nederlands afgenomen en het gebruik van een rekenmachine is toegestaan.

    Voorbeeld examenvragen zullen ter beschikking gesteld worden via Toledo.

    Toelichting bij herkansen

    De evaluatievorm in de eerste en tweede examenperiode is identiek wat betreft het schriftelijk examen.

    ECTS Sociale aspecten van het milieubeleid (B-KUL-H02F5A)

    3 studiepunten Nederlands 20 Eerste semesterEerste semester Uitgesloten voor examencontract

    Doelstellingen

    Kennis van een kritische reflectie aangaande de inbedding van het milieubeleid in de maatschappij, inclusief bijzondere aandacht voor kennisoverdracht.

    Begintermen

    Geen specifieke voorkennis vereist.

    Plaats in het onderwijsaanbod

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Sociale aspecten van het milieubeleid (B-KUL-H02F5a)

    3 studiepunten : College 20 Eerste semesterEerste semester

    Inhoud

    INLEIDING
    - Risicomaatschappij, nieuwe paradigma en alternatieve voorgestelde oplossingen
    - Participatiemaatschappij en transparantie
    ECOLOGIE, SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT EN INSTRUMENTEN VAN MILIEUBELEID
    - Duurzame ontwikkeling
    - Harmonisatie en het geschikte niveau van regulering
    - Alternatieve instrumenten: command and control, economische instrumenten, MBOs, etc.
    - Ook bedrijfsinterne milieuzorg en achtergrond op het vlak van EMAS, ISO14000
    MILIEU- EN VEILIGHEIDSRAPPORTAGE
    - Incl. het opstarten van een milieuzorgsysteem in de onderneming
    - GOOD HOUSEKEEPING, SOCIAL CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY, EN GOVERNANCE
    - Ontwikkelingen inzake SCR in EG, OECD, VN
    - Ook ethical funds, shareholder value, etc., Sociale en communicatieve facetten 
    INFORMATIEMAATSCHAPPIJ EN PARTICIPATIE

    Studiemateriaal

    Er is geen cursus voorzien; studenten nemen notities tijdens het college.

    Toelichting werkvorm

    De beperkte reeks hoorcolleges voorziet de studenten van het noodzakelijke beleidskader waarbinnen zij vervolgens een paper schrijven die zich toespitst op een door de studenten geselecteerd bedrijf.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluatie: Sociale aspecten van het milieubeleid (B-KUL-H22F5a)

    Type : Permanente evaluatie zonder examen tijdens de examenperiode
    Evaluatievorm : Paper/Werkstuk, Presentatie

    Toelichting

    Het vak wordt gequoteerd op een paper die studenten schrijven waarin ze de concrete organisatie en milieurealisaties in een concreet bedrijf onder de loupe nemen. Studenten ontvangen feedback op een ontwerp dat zij inleveren. Zij presenteren de paper ook voor de gehele groep, en dienen uiteraard een finale versie in waarop ze gequoteerd worden.

    De paper bespreekt een milieubeleidsinstrument, zoals dat wordt gerealiseerd/hoe ermee wordt omgegaan in 1 specifiek bedrijf. Er staat geen enkele limiet op het soort van 'bedrijf': industrie, diensten, scholen, banken,... maar zoek wel bevestiging van je voorstel bij de docent.

    ECTS Lawaaibeheersing (B-KUL-H02I0A)

    3 studiepunten Nederlands 20 Eerste semesterEerste semester

    Doelstellingen

    Na succesvol volbrengen van dit opleidingsonderdeel:

    • kent de student de relevante akoestische grootheden, kan hij/zij onderlinge relaties aangeven en bewijzen, en is hij/zij in staat om dit alles in een praktijkcontext te plaatsen.
    • kan de student aangeven wat de achtergrond en de intenties van de regelgever zijn in verband met de geldende reglementeringen voor geluid en lawaai.
    • heeft de student zicht op de achtergrond en werkwijzen in de consultancy rond lawaai: wat is de nodige meetuitrusting, zijn er geavanceerde meettechnieken, hoe komt men tot een prognose van lawaai binnen/buiten?
    • beschikt de student over een heldere kijk op maatschappelijk relevante hinderproblematiek als verkeerslawaai, geluidbeheersende maatregelen op luchthavens,…
    • voldoet de student aan onderdeel geluid in de erkenning milieucoördinator type A van de Vlaamse administratie LNE.

    Begintermen

    Kennis van de grondbegrippen betreffende geluidvoortplanting zoals onderwezen in de fysica van de universitaire bachelor opleidingen wetenschappen en (bio)ingenieurswetenschappen.

    Plaats in het onderwijsaanbod

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Lawaaibeheersing (B-KUL-H02I0a)

    3 studiepunten : College 20 Eerste semesterEerste semester

    Inhoud

    De cursus is gericht op inzichten en praktijk omtrent de lawaaibeheersing in de woon- en werkomgeving.
    Achtereenvolgens handelt de cursus over:

    • anatomie, fysiologie en pathologie van het gehoorsorgaan;
    • lawaai, lawaaihinder, lawaaiblootstelling op de arbeidsplaats en beroepsdoofheid en de gangbare meet- en controle voorschriften;
    • de karakterisering van de geluidbronnen en de lawaaibestrijding bij de bron;
    • de geluidvoortplanting binnen en buiten en de mogelijkheden om deze te beheersen: geluidabsorptie, diffusie, schermwerking, diffractie;
    • analyse van lawaaiproblemen ten einde de nodige kennis over te dragen in verband met de meet- en rekenvoorschriften en de mogelijkheden diverse lawaaiproblemen te verhelpen.

    Studiemateriaal

    VERMEIR G., Lawaaibeheersing, 122 p., 2006, ACCO Leuven, ISBN:9789033462702.

    Aanvullend e-studiemateriaal op het TOLEDO platform.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluatie: Lawaaibeheersing (B-KUL-H22I0a)

    Type : Examen tijdens de examenperiode
    Evaluatievorm : Mondeling
    Vraagvormen : Meerkeuzevragen, Gesloten vragen, Open vragen
    Leermateriaal : Rekenmachine

    ECTS Applied Soil and Aquatic Chemistry (B-KUL-H03B9B)

    5 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    This course is intended to teach concepts of soil and water chemistry and to show their practical applications in the evaluation of soil fertility and environmental problems, i.e. risks of chemicals in the environment and effects of climate change on chemical reactions.  Upon completion of this course, students should be familiar with chemical speciation codes and with current methods for soil and water analyses, including the interpretation of such results as indicators of soil and water quality. Hands-on training of speciation codes and soil and water analysis will be given with due attention to creativity in solving the questions.

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of these topics is required in order to start this course:

    • Inorganic chemistry (Bachelor's level)
    • Organic chemistry (Bachelor's level)
    • Earth sciences (Bachelor's level)

    Knowledge of these topics is an advantage:

    • Environmental chemistry (for example, 'milieuchemie' of Bachelor of Bioscience Engineering)

    Identical courses

    I0U68A: Toegepaste bodem- en waterchemie

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Applied Soil and Aquatic Chemistry (B-KUL-H03B9a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term

    Content

    This course is divided into two parts: aquatic chemistry and soil chemistry.This course is a follow-up of the BSc course on environmental chemistry that was focused on concepts of the equilibrium states. In this course, the focus will be on models, methods of soil and water analysis and on applications.

    Part I. Aquatic chemistry. The major reaction types in water are shortly reviewed, i.e. acid-base reactions, precipitation reactions, complexation reaction and redox reactions. The reactions with major geochemical impact will be given with due attention to reaction rates. Most important methods for water analysis will be given, including the interpretation of environmental data. The calculation of speciation in water with a computer code (Visual Minteq) will be shown and exercises will be given that will be solved by the students.
     
    Part II Soil chemistry
    (1) The structure and colloidal properties of the major soil minerals will be reviewed. Soil mineralogy will be discussed in relation to soil weathering.
    (2) The composition of soil organic matter, its acid-base and metal complexation properties will be reviewed. Interactions of soil organic matter with soil minerals will be given.
    (3) Surface chemistry and adsorption: the types and site density of surface binding groups are given. The different surface complexation models, including non-specific ion binding, are given and a computer model is illustrated during the course.
    (4) Chemical equilibrium in soil: the combination of aquatic and surface reaction allows the calculation of speciation in soil. This is applied to calculate the pH dependent Al en phosphate in soils using Visual Minteq. The major reactions of soil nutrients are given.
    (5) Environmental soil chemistry of organic contaminants. The chemical properties of organic contaminants (pesticides, PAH, antibiotics,…) are related to their structure (QSAR). These properties are vapour pressure, solubility, Henry coefficient, Kow and acid-base properties. Sorption mechanisms of organic contaminants will be given and effects of pH, DOC and time on sorption of organic contaminants are given.
    (6) Methods of soil analysis. Analysis of routine soil properties is reviewed, i.e. soil texture, CEC, %organic matter, exchangeable ions and pH. Interpretation of soil composition is given.
     

    Course material

    Applied Soil and Aquatic Chemistry, lecture notes. E. Smolders

    Slides are available on Toledo

    Applied Soil and Water Chemistry: Exercises and Laboratory Tests (B-KUL-H03C0a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term

    Content

    There are two parts:

    Part 1: Soil analyses are performed in the laboratory. Students are practically taught to measure soil pH, CEC, mineral-N and P-sorption. The results are summarized in a lab-report and some questions in the manual need to be answered.

    Part 2: Speciation calculations: students are trained in calculations with Visual Minteq (free software). Some fill-in questions need to be solved, followed by more comprehensive scenario's of environmental reactions, including effects of temperature on CO2 exchanges, waste-water treatment and soil fertility evaluations. The students receive some open questions to be solved independently, by which creativity is tested.

    Course material

    Exercises and lab manual are available on Toledo.

    Language of instruction: more information

    This course is given to groups and language is adapted depending on the group.

    Format: more information

    Five sessions will be given with speciation calculations with a speciation code (VMinteq) to calculate chemical  speciation in water, soils and groundwater. In the laboratory, soils will be analysed.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Applied Soil and Aquatic Chemistry (B-KUL-H23B9b)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Report
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : List of formulas, Calculator, Computer

    Explanation

    Oral examination, theory and an exercise with Visual Minteq on PC.

    Students who did not participate in the exercises and laboratory practicals, without valid reasons timely communicated to the assistant, will not be allowed to take the examination and the course will be then considered not taken (NA). The results of the practicals (based on the report) have 20% weight in the final score of this course.

    Information about retaking exams

    There is no second examination organized for the practicals and thus the score of the first examination will be transferred to the second examination. 

    ECTS Human System Physiology (B-KUL-H03I4B)

    5 ECTS English 30 Second termSecond term
    Bultynck Geert (coordinator) |  Bultynck Geert |  Vennekens Rudi

    Aims

    The student must be able to calculate the equilibrium potential of ions and the membrane potential and to understand how the membrane potential is influenced by the activity of ion channels.
    The student must know the main transport systems operative in cells, including diffusion, osmosis, ion channels, carriers and pumps.
    The student must be able to explain the electrochemical and/or mechanical properties of neuronal and (skeletal, heart and smooth) muscle cells, underlying the function of physiological systems.
    The student must be able to provide an integrated overview of the major control systems in the human body, including the nervous systems and endocrine systems.
    The student must be able to explain the properties and regulation of the major physiological systems in the human body, ranging from the molecular level to the system level.
    The student should be able to specify the major physiological signaling molecules and their physiological roles and effects in the human body.
    The student must be able to explain how dysfunction of physiological systems at the molecular/cellular level can lead to disease conditions in the human body.
    In the context of the heart, the student should understand the principles of the electrocardiogram and its value for the monitoring of cardiac function. The student should be able to present (technical) solutions for major cardiac problems by exploiting his/her insights in the electrical control of cardiac contractions.

    Previous knowledge

    Students should have a thorough understanding in basic sciences, including biology, chemistry and physics and in cell biology. In particular, before attending this course, the student should have a thorough knowledge of the structure and function of DNA, mRNA and proteins and thus transcription, translation and post-translational modifications (e.g. phosphorylation, glycosylation,…) and of the different signaling pathways operative in human cells.

    Identical courses

    H03I4C: Fysiologie van de menselijke systemen
    H03I4D: Human System Physiology

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Physiology of the Heart (B-KUL-H00T8a)

    0.15 ECTS : Practical 2 Second termSecond term

    Content

    To introduce students to heart activity and how it can be influenced by physiological signaling molecules and pharmacological tools:
    – Myogenic heart activity
    – Ions important for contraction of the heart
    – Chronotropic and inotropic effect
    – Effects of neurotransmitters (adrenaline and acetylcholine)
    – Effect of propanolol, verapamil and G-stropanthin on heart contraction.
     

    Course material

    Manual available on Toledo + computer programme.

    Format: more information

    Using a computer/simulation-based approach, students will be able to monitor, analyze and discuss the properties of the heart and its regulation by physiological signaling molecules and by pharmacological agents. The insights and knowledge obtained from the lectures will be applied by the students.

    Human System Physiology (B-KUL-H03I4a)

    4.85 ECTS : Lecture 28 Second termSecond term

    Content

    In the first part of the course, an overview of the most important concepts of general cellular physiology is given: membrane potential, receptors, hormones, etc. These concepts will then be used in discussion of neurophysiology and the endocrine system. These will be discussed thoroughly: chemical and electrical signal transmission in the nervous system and the relation with receptor cells for light (visual system), sound (hearing), balance, smell and general sensory observation. Molecular aspects of muscle contraction (smooth and skeletal muscles) and neural control and regulation of muscle contraction will be dealt with in detail. Finally, a reasonable part of the course will be dedicated to the special physiology of the heart, kidneys and the respiratory and digestive system.
    Schematically, the course is subdivided into the following subjects:
    Cellular physiology;
    Cellular communication (electrical and chemical);
    Introduction into neurophysiology;
    Signal transmission in the nervous system;
    Physiology of smooth and skeletal muscles;
    Observation of light, sound, smell and balance;
    Motoric system;
    Endocrine functions;
    Cardiovascular system: the heart and blood circulation
    Kidney function;
     

    Course material

    Study cost: 51-75 euros (The information about the study costs as stated here gives an indication and only represents the costs for purchasing new materials. There might be some electronic or second-hand copies available as well. You can use LIMO to check whether the textbook is available in the library. Any potential printing costs and optional course material are not included in this price.)

    Lecture notes on Human Physiology;
    Edited by: Ole H Petersen
    Published by Blackwell Science Ltd;
    Reference: ISBN-13: 978-1-4051-3651-8    ISBN-10: 1-4051-3651-0

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Human System Physiology (B-KUL-H23I4b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The exam consists of open questions of which a number of larger questions and a number of shorter focussed questions. The questions are of the following types: "explain"/"interpret"/"analyse"/"calculate"/"make an integrated figure/scheme...". The aim of these questions is to assess the understanding of essential key concepts and principles in human physiology. The exam gauges to the knowledge obtained during the lectures and the practical courses.

    ECTS Inclusive Design (B-KUL-H03U1A)

    3 ECTS English 20 Both termsBoth terms

    Aims

    NB: this academic year, the course is taught completely during the first semester.

    The general objective of this course is to introduce students in inclusive design, a design approach that acknowledges, respects and welcomes human diversity.

    After having attended this course students will 

    • have insight into the theoretical aspects and principles of inclusive design and be able to distinguish these from related concepts such as accessibility;
    • have insight into the practical applications of inclusive design, as well as in the research domains related to inclusive design and the research questions at stake there;
    • be able to apply the principles of inclusive design through analysis and remedy of an existing building and their own design in collaboration with user/experts;
    • be able to critically reflect on the theoretical and practical aspects of inclusive design and to substantiate this critique.

    Previous knowledge

    Preferably students have some design experience and are willing to question their designs/way of designing. However, students from other programs are welcome as well.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Inclusive Design (B-KUL-H03U1a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 Both termsBoth terms

    Content

    NB: this academic year, the course is taught completely during the first semester.

    Inclusive design is more than a technique or style. It is a design approach that is stepwise constructed from empirical research and theories in architecture, ergonomics, humanities, legislation and human rights, demographic studies, design theory, etc. Central to this design approach is the notion of architecture as instrument to create enabling environments, whereby limitations and handicap are viewed as inherently woven into the human life cycle, as dynamic and environmentally related.

    After a general introduction to the concept and principles of inclusive design, several aspects of this design approach are addressed in more detail in dialogue with architects/designers, researchers, user/experts, accessibility professionals, etc.

    Part 0: Introduction

    In a first session the aim of the course and the evaluation is explained. Subsequently the concept and principles of inclusive design are introduced.

    Part 1: Inclusive design from different perspectives

    In this part experts and actors from diverse domains testify about their experience and research into Inclusive Design.

    • from architectural practice: architects/designers of relevant buildings;
    • from policy making: local policy makers and other actors;
    • from scientific research: researchers in architecture and other domains.

    For these guest lectures students are expected to read the available texts (if any) in advance, and to ask questions about the applications and/or research activities.
     

    Part 2: Inclusive design 'in situ'

    In collaboration with user/experts (students/staff living with an impairment or on the autism spectrum, older people, …) students evaluate to what extent an existing building embodies the principles of inclusive design, and formulate suggestions for improvement.

    Part 3: Inclusive design in your own design practice

    In collaboration with user/experts students evaluate to what extent their own design (a building or space, designed in previous years) embodies the principles of inclusive design, and formulate suggestions for improvement.

    Course material

    • Book chapters and articles
    • PowerPoint presentations via Toledo

    Format: more information

    Besides attending (guest) lectures students are expected to work on several tasks (see Content).

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Inclusive Design (B-KUL-H23U1a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Paper/Project, Report
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Active participation in organized guest lectures
    Assignments with evaluation
    Individual paper discussed during exam

    ECTS Milieu en menselijke gezondheid (B-KUL-H03U7A)

    3 studiepunten Nederlands 22 Tweede semesterTweede semester

    Doelstellingen

    Na het doorlopen van de cursus moet de student:
    - een algemeen inzicht hebben in de belangrijkste milieu verontreinigingen en de toxiciteit van enkele belangrijke categorieën van contaminanten
    - kennis hebben over het bepalen van milieunormen met betrekking tot de menselijke gezondheid
    - in staat zijn een publicatie/dossier te beoordelen over de blootstelling en effecten van milieuvreemde stoffen voor de mens
    - kennis hebben hoe de mogelijke schadelijkheid van chemische stoffen onderzocht wordt en hoe men tot een risico-evaluatie komt

    Begintermen

    Basiskennis biochemie; celbiologie, anorganisch en organische chemie, statistiek, dierkunde
     
    Beginvoorwaarden:
    bachelor bio-ingenieurswetenschappen, bachelor ingenieurswetenschappen, B. Sc.
    Wetenschappen: biologie, biochemie, chemie, geologie, geografie

    Plaats in het onderwijsaanbod

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Milieu en menselijke gezondheid: hoorcollege (B-KUL-H03U7a)

    3 studiepunten : College 22 Tweede semesterTweede semester

    Inhoud

    De mens  staat via het milieu bloot aan verschillende fysische (straling, trillingen, geluid, … ), biologische en chemische bedreigingen. Om de complexiteit enigszins te reduceren kunnen we een onderscheid maken tussen het persoonlijke milieu (blootstellingen door ons persoonlijk gedrag zoals onze voeding, gebruik van tabak, alcohol, drugs, …); het arbeidsmilieu (blootstellingen op het werk); het thuismilieu (blootstellingen door onze manier van wonen, onze hobby’s, …) en het algemene milieu (blootstelling aan natuurlijke en/of door menselijke activiteit verspreide fysische of chemische stoffen). In de cursus milieu en gezondheid concentreren we ons op de blootstelling en effecten via het algemene milieu. Verder zal er aandacht zijn voor het binnenhuismilieu en sommige bedreigingen van biologische (bvb Legionella) of fysische (bvb radon, niet-ioniserende straling van GSM en/of zendmasten, … ) aard.
     
    A) Inleiding
    Basisprincipes van de toxicologie
    Principes van epidemiologie
    Evaluatie van blootstelling met nadruk op biomerkers
     
    B) Overzicht van de belangrijkste contaminanten en hun effecten op de volksgezondheid
    Luchtverontreiniging
    - Gassen
    - Partikels
    - Binnenlucht
    Metalen (bodem - en waterverontreiniging)
    Asbest
    Hormoon verstoring (waterverontreiniging)
    Dioxines (voeding)
    GMO’s
    Ioniserende en niet ioniserende straling
     
    C) Toxiciteitstesten van milieuvreemde stoffen (met betrekking to menselijke gezondheid)
     
    D) Thema’s: milieu gebonden ziekten
    Astma & allergie
    Kanker & milieu
     
    Om milieuproblemen op een objectieve wijze te begrijpen (en te beheersen) moet men zich beroepen op wetenschappelijke rapporten. Daarom zullen de studenten ook gevraagd worden om in de loop van cursus enkele artikels te lezen die daarna in de les (kort) zullen worden besproken. Ook zal er in de cursus verwezen worden naar belangrijke bronnen van informatie. 

    Studiemateriaal

    Cursustekst

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluatie: Milieu en menselijke gezondheid (B-KUL-H23U7a)

    Type : Examen tijdens de examenperiode
    Evaluatievorm : Mondeling
    Leermateriaal : Cursusmateriaal

    Toelichting

    Mondeling, open-boek examen

    ECTS Psychological and Social Aspects of the Management of Organisations (B-KUL-H04D9A)

    3 ECTS English 20 Second termSecond term

    Aims

    This course is an introduction to the science of leadership and the development of leadership in organisations. Organisation psychology is the study of the how and what people think, feel and behave in organisations. Research in organisation psychology related different aspects of organisations, such as individual employees (for example personality, motivation, leadership, decisions), groups (for example characteristics, processes, cooperation) and organisation characteristics (for example job, design, culture, organisation change).Leaders play an important role in steering and influencing all of these aspects of the organisation. This course aims at understanding and gaining insights in the importance of leadership in organisations in the science of leadership. 

    - Students will know what leadership entails and understand which domains in organizations it has an impact on. They will be able to describe the most relevant theories in leadership research.
    - Students will be able to analyze a practical leadership case or problem and identify relevant theoretical markers. From this, they can distill tangible actions for leadership development.
    - Students will prepare a presentation in group and use the book and scientific papers as documentation.
    - Students will identify the strong and weak points of their abilities to cooperate and discuss teaching material. They will also gain experience in leading a discussion session.
    - Students will reflect on their knowledge with regard to leadership (theories). In a paper, they will describe their personal and theoretical reflections.

    Previous knowledge

    No previous knowledge is required.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Management of Organisations: Psychological and Social Aspects (B-KUL-H04D9a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 20 Second termSecond term

    Content

    Organisation psychology is the study of the how and what people think, feel and behave in organisations. Research in organisation psychology related different aspects of organisations, such as individual employees (for example personality, motivation, leadership, decisions), groups (for example characteristics, processes, cooperation) and organisation characteristics (for example job, design, culture, organisation change). Leaders play an important role in steering and influencing all of these aspects of the organisation.

    The following themes are covered
    INDIVIDUAL
    - Leadership and power
    - Organisation justice and ethics
    - Perceptions and development
    - Motivation and personality
    - Job satisfaction and commitment
    - The role of emotions in organisations


    GROUPS
    - Groups and teams
    - Decision making and negotiations


    ORGANISATION

    - Culture and structure of organisations

    Course material

    Baron and Judge. (2013). Behavior in Organizations. NJ: Pearson. 


    Optional text:Yukl, G. (2006). Leadership in organizations. New Jersey: Pearson. 

    Format: more information

    The first part of class focuses on the presentation of the assignment by student groups. In the second part, we will discuss particular cases in small groups in which we will focus on a detailed understanding of the topic at hand as well as particular applications and practices. 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Psychological and Social Aspects of the Management of Organisations (B-KUL-H24D9a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment, Participation during contact hours
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    Determination of grades
    * The grades are determined by the course holder(s) (titularis), as announced via Toledo and the examination schedule. The result is computed and expressed as an integer on a scale of 20.
    * The presentation is graded and counts for 50% of the final grade, the paper counts for 50% of the final grade.
    * Peer assessment and cooperation during contact moments is used to determine a percentage of the group assignments.
    Evaluation assignment
    * Deadline: Term of deliverance and deadline will be determined by the lecturer (titularis) and communicated via Toledo.
    * If the determined deadline for the paper was not respected, the grade will be reduced by 1 point/day, unless for a very serious reason the student asked the lecturer to make an arrangement for a new deadline.
    * If the determined deadline was not respected for the peer assessment, the final grade of the course will be 0/20, unless for a very serious reason the student asked the lecturer to make an arrangement for a new deadline.
     

    Information about retaking exams

    Evaluation third examination period
    * During an academic year, the student has 2 chances to participate to the exam: a first time during the first or second examination period, and a second time during the third examination period.
    * The evaluation in the third examination period differs from the evaluation in the first examination period: In the third examination period, the grade is determined only by the paper.

    ECTS Project Management (B-KUL-H04X2A)

    3 ECTS English 20 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Duflou Joost (coordinator) |  Duflou Joost |  Joubert Johan

    Aims

    The aim of this course is to provide the student with an overview of techniques and means that are available for the start up, execution, follow up and adjustment of large projects. By means of examples and case studies insight is created  supporting recognition of typical patterns, analysis of situations and identification of  suitable methods and/or techniques recommendable for effectively steering projects, with well-optimized chances to reach the  preset project deliverables. 
     

    Previous knowledge

    This course is not connected to a specific graduation programme. Therefore, the contents of the assignments can be altered to suit the graduation programme of the student. Still, it is recommended to plan this course in a later stage of the master programme to ensure that any lack of technical background will be not be a hindrance in working on specific cases or assignments. Access to a familiar project case (e.g. thesis project) is required in view of the evaluation format which is based on a case study. A possible course on business administration in the curriculum can best be scheduled before attending this course.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Project Management (B-KUL-H04X2a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 Second termSecond term

    Content

    Introduction

    • What is project management?
    • Situation within the general planning problem
    • Characteristics of projects
    • Project manager
    • Components, concepts and terminology
    • Life cycle of a project: strategical and tactical considerations
    • Factors responsible for the success of a projectOrganisational structures and task allocation
    • Organisational structures
    • Staff management
    • Concurrent engineering
    • Assessment and selection
    • Division of a project
    • Outsourcing or internal work?
    • Conflict evaluation:  within the organisation, environmental effects, othersProject planning
    • Introduction
    • Duration of project activities
    • Learning effects
    • Precedence relations
    • Gantt-representation
    • Arrow network for critical path mathematics
    • Block network for critical path mathematics
    • LP formulation
    • Aggregation of activities
    • Dealing with uncertainty
    • Analysis of PERT and CPM presuppositions
    • Conflicts in planningProject budget
    • Introduction
    • Project budget and company goals
    • Drawing up a budget
    • Budget management
    • FinancingManagement of resources
    • Influence of resource limitations on the project
    • Classification of resources
    • Planning of resources and project with time as a limiting factor
    • Planning of resources and project with resources as a limiting factor
    • Priority rules for the allocation of resources
    • Subcontracting/assessing suppliers
    • Executing projects in parallelProject control
    • Introduction
    • Control systems
    • Following up and controling timewise planning and costs
    • Reporting
    • Updating cost and planning parameters
    • Technological controlComputer support for project management
    • Introduction
    • Use of computers
    • Criteria for software selection
    • Software implementation
    • Data management and knowledge managementProject termination
    • Introduction
    • When to finalise a project?
    • Final steps in the termination of a projectCase studies

    Course material

    Handbook, presentations (on Toledo).

    Format: more information

    Lecture.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Project Management (B-KUL-H24X2a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Assignment per two students with presentation and defense (oral exam) during exam session. Exam timing is coordinated per team of students.

    ECTS Safety of Chemical and Biological Products and of Chemical Processes (B-KUL-H08K0A)

    4 ECTS English 42 Second termSecond term

    Aims

    General aim of the course: 
    1.       Identify and judge risks with respect to your own work/the work of the people you supervise when working in the chemical industry or when designing    products in which chemicals play an important role.
    2.       To determine the necessary measures to exclude or to reduce risks to an acceptable level.
     
    Specific aims: 
    The student can identify and assess hazards of chemical and biological products, separately and in the context of a process.
    The student understands the hazard vectors of chemical and biological products.
    The student can retrieve information on the hazards of products, e.g., from databases, from legal entities.
    The student understands and can interpret the information on hazardous products (e.g., (e)SDS) .
    The student knows the classification and labeling of chemical and biological products.
    The student knows the principles of REACH.
    The students knows the differences between chemical and biological product safety.
    The student knows different methods for risk analysis (e.g., HAZOP, QRA) and risk prevention (e.g., LOPA) and can apply these methods to a chemical (production) process.

    During seminars, practical illustration and applications are given on the content of the course and some specific aspects are worked out in further depth (e.g., extended SDS).

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Safety of Chemical Processes: Lecture (B-KUL-H08N5a)

    1.5 ECTS : Lecture 11 Second termSecond term

    Content

    Introduction to the course: Incidents that define process safety

    PART 1: Safety of chemical and biological products 

    • Intrinsic hazards of chemical products (e.g., toxicity, flammability, etc.) and biological product (e.g., pathogenicity) 
    • Classification & Labelling (e.g., CLP)
    • Preventive measures (e.g., PPE)
    • REACH for hazardous chemicals (e.g., legislation, chemical safety assessment)
    • Safety testing of (new) chemical compounds 

    PART 2: Safety of Chemical Processes 

    • Basic and technical design of a process unit (Introduction on reading P&IDs)
    • Hazard evaluation and risk assessment methods: principles and examples (e.g. DOW FEI, FMEA, HAZOP)
    • Safety aspects during project engineering and execution (e.g., safety functions, prevention and mitigation (LOPA), safety integrity level (SIL))

    Course material

    Study cost: 1-10 euros (The information about the study costs as stated here gives an indication and only represents the costs for purchasing new materials. There might be some electronic or second-hand copies available as well. You can use LIMO to check whether the textbook is available in the library. Any potential printing costs and optional course material are not included in this price.)

    Presentation slides.

    Safety of Chemical Processes: Seminar (B-KUL-H08N6a)

    0.5 ECTS : Practical 10 Second termSecond term

    Content

    During the seminars, practical illustrations and applications are given in relation the course lecture. Part of the seminars are given at a company. A company visit will be organized (typically 1-day visit). 

    Topics related to process safety are, e.g., sensors and analyzers in a safety environment, process safety and project engineering illustrations at a plant site, design of pressure relief devices.

    If, for reasons of force majeure, the company visit can not be organized. The seminars will organized online or on the campus.

     

    Course material

    Slides.

    Safety of Chemical and Biological Products: Lecture (B-KUL-H08K1a)

    1.5 ECTS : Lecture 11 Second termSecond term

    Content

    Introduction to the course: Incidents that define process safety

    PART 1: Safety of chemical and biological products 

    • Intrinsic hazards of chemical products (e.g., toxicity, flammability, etc.) and biological product (e.g., pathogenicity) 
    • Classification & Labelling (e.g., CLP)
    • Preventive measures (e.g., PPE)
    • REACH for hazardous chemicals (e.g., legislation, chemical safety assessment)
    • Safety testing of (new) chemical compounds 

    PART 2: Safety of Chemical Processes 

    • Basic and technical design of a process unit (Introduction on reading P&IDs)
    • Hazard evaluation and risk assessment methods: principles and examples (e.g. DOW FEI, FMEA, HAZOP)
    • Safety aspects during project engineering and execution (e.g., safety functions, prevention and mitigation (LOPA), safety integrity level (SIL))

    Course material

    Slides and notes with the slides are available via Toledo.

    Safety of Chemical and Biological Products: Seminar (B-KUL-H08P3a)

    0.5 ECTS : Practical 10 Second termSecond term

    Content

    During the seminars, practical illustrations and applications are given in relation the course lecture and more in-depth information is given on particular aspects of chemical product safety.

    Part of the seminars are given at a company. A company visit will be organized (typically 1-day visit). 

    Topics related to product safety are chemical safety assessment & extended safety data sheets, classification and labelling of mixtures (including testing methods), industrial hygiene, occupational medicine.   

    If, for reasons of force majeure, a company visit is not possible. Seminars will be organised online or on the campus. 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Safety of Chemical and Biological Products and of Chemical Processes (B-KUL-H28K0a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project

    Explanation

    The final grade of the course consists out of two parts. One part evaluates the course content on product safety (PART 1 of the course) and one part evaluates the course content on process safety (PART 2 of the course). For the evaluation of product safety, each student prepares a report which is handed in before the exam period. For the evaluation on process safety, the student participates to the written exam during the regular exam period. This written exam is an open book exam, during which the student may use his/her course material, information on the specific case study/process related to the report, and personal notes with the course. 

    The product safety assignment counts for 40% (8 out of 20) of the final score. The written exam on process safety counts for 60% (12 out of 20) of the final score. The scores of the report and the written exam are summed up to give the final score. 

    It is mandatory to participate in both exam parts to pass the course. Students who submit their assignment too late without valid reason (doctor certificate, or approval by the course responsible for any other reason) are excluded for the exam.

    Information about retaking exams

    Students that have to take a second exam chance will only be evaluated by a written exam (open book), but this exam will now include both product and process safety questions.

    ECTS Brain Computer Interfaces (B-KUL-H08M0A)

    4 ECTS English 31 Second termSecond term

    Aims

    Brain Computer Interfaces (BCIs) are aimed at creating a direct communication pathway between the brain and an external device, bypassing the need for an embodiment. Research in this field has witnessed a spectacular development, and BCIs are nowadays regarded as one of the most successful engineering applications of the neurosciences. Indeed, such systems can provide a significant improvement of the quality of life of neurologically impaired patients suffering from amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), stroke, brain/spinal cord injury, muscular dystrophy, etc. In addition, it also been used in communication-, motor revalidation-, motor substitution- and entertainment applications (gaming).

    In this course, first basic knowledge of the anatomy and physiology of the brain is given, and of the type of signals that are recorded for BCI purposes. Then, the invasive BCIs are discussed, what type of signal features are extracted, and how classifiers and regressors are built. Several case studies are discussed: text spelling, robot arm and exoskeleton control, speech and handwriting decoding.

    Then, the noninvasive BCIs are discussed, thereby mostly concentrating on the EEG-based ones. Several case studies are introduced, involving text spelling, semantics, emotion detection,...

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of signal processing.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Brain Computer Interfaces: Lectures (B-KUL-H08M0a)

    3.5 ECTS : Lecture 21 Second termSecond term

    Content

    1. Introduction

    Definition of Brain Computer Interfaces.

    Types of interfaces (invasive and noninvasive), developments and testing, applications.

    2. Basic principles of Neuroscience

    Anatomy and physiology of human and monkey brain.

    Brain signals: spikes, local field potentials (LFPs), electrocorticography (ECoG), EEG, fMRI,...

    3. Invasive BCI

    Definition, type of signals (spikes, LFPs, ECoGs), recording methodology, recording sites, signal conditioning, feature construction, feature selection, decoding (classification/regression). Examples of invasive BCIs: text spelling, decoding and tracking arm (hand) position, controlling prosthetic devices such as orthotic hands, robot arms and exeskeletons, speech and handwrtiing decoding.

    4. Noninvasive BCI

    Definition, type of signals (EEG, fMRI), comparison with invasive BCI (lower spatial and/or temporal resolution), signal conditioning, feature construction, feature selection, decoding (classification/regression).

    Examples of noninvasive BCIs based on visually evoked potentials (VEPs) mu-rhythms, event-related potentials (ERPs).

    Course material

    Course material downloadable from Toledo.

    Language of instruction: more information

    English

    Format: more information

    Regular ex-cathedra teaching with case studies and examples to promote student interaction (questions).

    Brain Computer Interfaces: Exercises (B-KUL-H08M1a)

    0.5 ECTS : Practical 10 Second termSecond term

    Content

    2 lab sessions are planned during which the student gets hand-on experience with EEG-based BCI.

    Course material

    Matlab code provided during lab session.

    Language of instruction: more information

    English.

    Format: more information

    The student will perform an EEG experiment and analyse the results using available Matlab code.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Brain Computer Interfaces (B-KUL-H28M0a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Closed questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Written exam. Example questions are available from the course's Toledo page.

    ECTS Bioconversion Technology (B-KUL-H09F2A)

    3 ECTS English 28 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    After this course, the students 

    • have obtained a basic knowledge on technical and operational aspects of diverse bioreactor types (e.g., solid state systems, cell retention systems, photobioreactors), and can reason on the bioreactor design for new processes 
    • have knowledge on classical and advanced online and offline monitoring techniques for bioreactor processes, and can propose monitoring strategies for (new) bioreactor processes. 
    • Understand the principles of structured and segregated model types for (complex) bioprocesses in view of process analysis, design, and optimization, and can formulate modelling strategies for new processes  

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of biochemical process engineering  

    Identical courses

    I0V83A: Bioconversion Technology

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Bioconversion Technology: Lecture (B-KUL-H09F2a)

    2.5 ECTS : Lecture 18 First termFirst term

    Content

    Broadly spoken, bioconversion refers to the conversion of substrates into added-value products by enzymes or cells which can be bacteria, fungi, microalgae, plant or mammalian cells. According to a more narrow definition, bioconversion or biotransformation refers to the conversion of organic materials, such as plant or animal waste, into useful products or energy sources by microorganisms. In this course, the most broad sense of definition is used.  

    This course does not focus on the biology of the biological processes but wants to create insight in the engineering principles, design, monitoring and operation of different types of bioreactors for diverse (micro)biological processes. Examples of bioprocesses shall be used to demonstrate the application of different bioreactor types, the application of traditional and advanced sensors for online and offline process follow-up, and the application of advanced mathematical models for (complex) bioprocesses. 

    Topics covered in the lecturers are: 

    Bioreactor configurations  

    • Liquid state fermentations 
    • Solid state fermentations 
    • Cell retention systems (e.g., membrane bioreactors, immobilized cell systems, perfusion bioreactors) 
    • Specialized systems (e.g., photobioreactors, tissue bioreactor) 

    Monitoring and control of bioreactors  

    • Standard online sensors for bioreactors (e.g., T, pH, dissolved oxygen, optical density, off-gas analysis) 
    • Advanced online and off-line monitoring for bioprocesses (e.g., capacitance-based biomass monitor, flow injection analysis, microscopic and image analysis)   
    • Software sensors (e.g., specific biomass growth rate)  
    • Basic control principles (PID)  

    Structured and segregated bioprocess models  

    • Structured model related to morphology, internal storage components, metabolic pathways 
    • Segregated models related to population heterogeneity 

    Course material

    Handouts of the slides used in the lectures and any other study material used during the course (e.g., papers).  All material will be made available on Toledo.

    Bioconversion Technology: Seminar (B-KUL-H09F3a)

    0.5 ECTS : Assignment 10 First termFirst term

    Content

    The students give a seminar on a selected bioconversion process. Teams of approximately 4 students prepare a presentation and supporting material on the case study, and explain and reflect on various aspects linked to the course (e.g. bioreactor design and operation, monitoring, modelling) and elaborate on economic and sustainability aspects of the process. 

    Course material

    Slides and documentation prepared by the students 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Bioconversion Technology (B-KUL-H29F2a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Presentation, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    The evaluation consists of two parts: (i) the evaluation of the students’ seminar (4 points out of 20), and (ii) an oral (closed book) exam during the examination period (16 points out of 20). 

    Evaluation criteria for the seminar are, e.g., quality of the content, quality of the presentation, quality of the documentation, and participation in the discussion forum.   

    The oral exam (with written preparation) is closed book and consists of open questions covering the different topics presented during the course.  

    If students opt out for contributing to the seminar without a valid reason (doctor certificate, or approval by the course responsible for any other reason), the student will receive no points for the seminar and 2 points are subtracted from the overall course score.  

    Information about retaking exams

    It is possible to retake the exam part that was examined during the examination period. The score for the seminar will not be changed. If students opt out for contributing to the seminar without a valid reason (doctor certificate, or approval by the course responsible for any other reason), the student will receive no points for the seminar and 2 points are subtracted from the global course score.

    ECTS Technologie van mouterij en brouwerij: basisaspecten (B-KUL-I0A73A)

    4 studiepunten Nederlands 26 Eerste semesterEerste semester Uitgesloten voor examencontract

    Doelstellingen

    De cursus wil een inzicht verschaffen in de grondstoffen, de processen en het management van de mout- en bierbereiding. Deze worden, indien relevant, fysiologisch, chemisch, fysiochemisch, biochemisch, technisch en economisch belicht.

    Begintermen

    Basiskennis organische en anorganische chemie, biochemie, microbiologie.

    Identieke opleidingsonderdelen

    I9X00A: Technologie van bierbrouwerij: basis- en gevorderde aspecten

    Plaats in het onderwijsaanbod

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Technologie van mouterij en brouwerij: basisaspecten (B-KUL-I0A73a)

    4 studiepunten : College 26 Eerste semesterEerste semester

    Inhoud

    1.     Grondstoffen: eigenschappen en behandeling van gerst en andere granen, hop en water
    2.     Mouterij: wetenschap en technologie van het moutproces (weken, kiemen en eesten) en beoordeling van verschillende mouttypen
    3.     Brouwen: malen, extractie, filtratie, koken, behandeling en koeling van wort
    4.     Gist: fysiologische en biochemische van belangrijke biergisttypen
    5.     Gisting en lagering: beschrijving en sturing van de processen (traditioneel en modern) en van de gistbehandeling
    6.     Bierfiltratie en -behandeling
    7.     Afvullen in vaten en flessen met aandacht voor de verschillende aspecten van de verpakkingsmaterialen (kwaliteit, economie, milieu)
     

    Waar het van toepassing is, worden ook de hulp- en nevenproducten behandeld, evenals sommige managementaspecten:
    1.     Productie en verbruik van elektriciteit, stoom, koeling en proceswater
    2.     Recuperatie en gebruik van CO2 en andere nevenproducten (draf, gist, e.a.)
    3.     Behandeling van afvalwaters
    4.     Managementaspecten: personeel, kosten, investeringen en automatisering
    5.     Kwaliteitsmanagement, met speciale aandacht voor IKZ (Integrale Kwaliteitszorg) en ISO 9000:
    6.     Hygiëne, reiniging, desinfectie en pasteurisatie
    7.     Behandeling van bier buiten de brouwerij: transport en opslag, tappen en schenken
    8.     Productontwikkeling: bieren met laag alcoholgehalte, dieetbieren, speciale biertypen (onder meer hergisting op de fles)

    Als aanvulling op de cursus worden 2 excursies voorzien naar een  brouwerij en een mouterij. Deelname is aangewezen.

    Studiemateriaal

    Slides, ter beschikking gesteld als hard copy.

    Toelichting werkvorm

    Klassiek hoorcollege.

    Als aanvulling op de cursus worden 2 excursies voorzien naar een  brouwerij en een mouterij. Deelname is aangewezen.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluatie: Technologie van mouterij en brouwerij: basisaspecten (B-KUL-I2A73a)

    Type : Examen tijdens de examenperiode
    Evaluatievorm : Schriftelijk, Mondeling
    Vraagvormen : Open vragen
    Leermateriaal : Geen

    ECTS Earth Observation (B-KUL-I0A90A)

    5 ECTS English 59 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    General:

    • understanding the various types of Earth observation techniques and how they are used in different applications

     

    More in particular, students gain insight in:

    • the electromagnetic spectrum and its relation with incoming and outgoing radiation to and from the Earth
    • which sensors can be used for various types of remotely sensed Earth observations
    • which platforms carry Earth observing sensors
    • the basic image characteristics required for various Earth applications, over land, ocean and atmosphere
    • the principles and operational missions in the field of optical remote sensing
    • the principles and operational missions in the field of thermal remote sensing
    • the principles and operational missions in the field of microwave remote sensing
    • the processing and distribution of Earth observation data.

    Previous knowledge

    Previous basic training in physics (electromagnetism and wave theory) and geographic information systems (GIS) is an advantage, but not essential.

    Identical courses

    I0I53A: Aardobservatie

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Earth Observation: Lectures (B-KUL-I0A90a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 33 First termFirst term

    Content

    Our Earth is a complex evolving system. This course aims at using remote sensing techniques to understand the current state of our Earth, the primary causes of change in the Earth system as well as the response of our Earth to changes. This knowledge helps to predict future changes and improve the management of Earth resources, on land, in the atmosphere or in the ocean. The course starts with a general introduction on remote sensing and then studies the details of various operational Earth observing systems. The course contains the following chapters:

    1. Earth observation and remote sensing

    2. Physical basis

    3. Sensors

    4. Platforms

    5. Image characteristics

    6. Optical remote sensing

    7. Thermal remote sensing

    8. Microwave remote sensing

    9. Other remote sensing

    10. Data products

    11.-12.-13.-14.: Data preprocessing, image enhancement and classification

    Course material

    Syllabus & slides

    Format: more information

    Standard lecture series.
     

    Earth Observation: Practicals (B-KUL-I0A91a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term

    Content

    In the practical segment of this course, the lab sessions aim primarily at familiarizing the students with computer-based image analysis routines. They particularly focus on processing of optical and microwave data. The practical exercises use the software packages QGIS and MATLAB.

     

    The practical sessions address the following topics:

    1. Learn where to find remote sensing datasets.

    2. [Optical] Preprocessing of imagery - atmospheric correction, mask low quality data, clip the study area

    3. [Optical] Explore spectral information - true and false color images, spectral indices, spectra

    4. [Optical] Supervised and unsupervised classification

    5. [Optical] Accuracy assessment and evaluation of ecosystem services

    6. [Microwave] Explore passive microwave information – MPDI, emissivity, effective temperature, tau-omega model

    7. [Microwave] Retrievals and accuracy assessment – radiative transfer model, optimization, ground truth evaluation

    8. Summarize and discuss the results in a report

    Course material

    Elaborated slides.

    Format: more information

    Participation in all practical sessions is mandatory. Students who are absent without a valid reason, timely communicated to the assistent and coordinator, will be excluded from the exam and retake exam. This part of the course will then be considered as not completed (NA).

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Earth Observation (B-KUL-I2A90a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Practical exam
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Exam: 60% theory (written exam) + 40% practicals (report for mandatory practicals)

    Participation in all practical sessions is mandatory. Students who are absent without a valid reason, timely communicated to the assistent and coordinator, will be excluded from the exam and retake exam.This part of the course will then be considered as not completed (NA).


     

    Information about retaking exams

    In case of an insufficient total score (practical sessions + theory) during the first examination period, the student will take a retake exam in the third examination period during which the theory will always be evaluated. The score of the practical sessions will be transferred to the third examination period.

    In case of an insufficient total score (practical sessions + theory) during the first exam session and an insufficient score for the practical report, then both the theory and practical insight will be evaluated during the third examination period.

    For students who received 'NA' for the practical session (absences without valid reason), there is no retake possibility. These students will be excluded from the theoretical exam in the third examination period.

    ECTS Stochastic Hydrology (B-KUL-I0D13B)

    5 ECTS English 72 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    Fundamental knowledge and practical understanding is given for the common techniques of data processing, statistical analysis, time series analysis, data-driven and stochastic modelling in hydrology and water engineering, model uncertainty analysis, and water system control. This knowledge and understanding must allow the students to select and apply most appropriate techniques for such processing, analysis, modelling and control. It also allows them to have an insight in the limitations of these techniques and the corresponding consequences for water management and engineering.

    Previous knowledge

    Students are supposed to have skills in calculus, mathematics, statistics, and spreadsheet software

    Identical courses

    I0D13A: Statistics for Water Engineering

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Stochastic Hydrology: Lectures (B-KUL-I0D13a)

    2.5 ECTS : Lecture 36 Second termSecond term

    Content

    1. Hydrological time series analysis: Subflow filtering in hydrology; Selection of independent extremes from a time series

    2. Extreme value analysis: Periodic maxima method, Peak-over-threshold method (POT, PDS); Extreme value distributions for hydrological extremes; Return period calculation; Flood frequency analysis; Low flow frequency analysis; Combined extreme-value-analysis at different time scales / aggregation levels and introduction to IDF, QDF and CDF relationships

    3. Data-driven, conceptual and stochastic modelling

    4. Model sensitivity and uncertainty analysis: Model residual analysis; Model goodness-of-fit statistics; Model sensitivity analysis; Variance decomposition; Different types of uncertainty sources in mathematical modelling; Calculation of parameter uncertainties and model prediction uncertainties

    5. Systems approach in water management; Model based decision support

    6. Statistical downscaling for climate change impact analysis

    7. Real-time control of water systems

    8. Introduction to the application of AI methods in water management and engineering

    Course material

    Documents on Toledo: course text, slides

    Stochastic Hydrology: PC Class Sessions (B-KUL-I0V91a)

    2.5 ECTS : Practical 36 Second termSecond term

    Content

    Based on example datasets for water systems, PC class exercises will be given on:

    1. Separation of river flow time series in baseflow, interflow and overland flow components

    2. Extraction of independent peak flow extremes from a river flow time series

    3. Extreme value analysis on river peak flows; flood frequency analysis

    4. Data-driven and grey-box model structure identification, calibration and validation

    5. Model performance evaluation

    6. Model uncertainty analysis

    7. Climate change impact analysis

    8. Real-time control of a reservoir.

    Course material

    Exercise descriptions + datasets + software-tools

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Stochastic Hydrology (B-KUL-I2D13b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Practical exam
    Type of questions : Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer

    ECTS River Modelling (B-KUL-I0D25A)

    5 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    The goal of the course is to teach the students how to use models for river analysis. While the main emphasis is on computational modelling, hydraulic scale modelling is also covered. Valuable insight is given in the design and operation of hydraulic structures, flood wave propagation and river flooding, the tidal influences, and sediment transport. The course considers different types of models used in the current practice, with emphasis on their limitations and the range of useful applications. Hands-on are given linked with the Integrated Projects (humid and semi-arid case studies), where common difficulties in model use are covered, thus building up the modelling skills, and at the same time building up physical knowledge and insight in hydraulic engineering problems.   

    Previous knowledge

    Students are supposed to have basic knowledge in advanced mathematics, hydraulics, surface water hydrology, and water quality.
    Beginning conditions: Advanced mathematics for water engineering; Hydraulics; Surface water hydrology; Water quality assessment, monitoring and treatment.

    Order of Enrolment



    FLEXIBLE( I0D17B ) AND FLEXIBLE( I0D32B )


    I0D17BI0D17B : Hydraulics
    I0D32BI0D32B : Surface Water Hydrology

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    River Modelling (B-KUL-I0D25a)

    5 ECTS : Practical 52 First termFirst term

    Content

    - Overview of different types of hydraulic river and canal models and fields of application (1D, 2D, 3D); 
    - Application of a full hydrodynamic model for open channels and rivers (water surface profile computations under unsteady flow conditions, flood wave propagation);
    - Implementation of hydraulic structures (weirs, spillways, control and regulating structures, sluices, bridges, dikes, culverts, etc.);
    - Implementation of floodplains (quasi 2D, theory of 2D, use of DEM);
    - Simplified modelling: theory of kinematic wave, reservoir routing, etc.;
    - Solution schemes: theory of explicit versus implicit schemes, finite differences, method of characteristics;
    - Theory of tidal influences;
    - Sediment transport: theory of riverbed processes, channel stabilization, and dredging; and
    - Principles of hydraulic similitude (theory of physical models, dimensional analysis).
     
    Practical
    Practical session to the course is linked with the integrated project (humid and semi-arid case studies), and includes the use of a full hydrodynamic modelling system (MIKE11), i.e.:
    - Flow simulation for a selected river stretch:
    * Using input from a conceptual rainfall-runoff model (link with the course “Hydrological modelling”) for an historical simulation period; and
    * Using design hydrographs (for given return periods).
    - Implementation of a floodplain along the selected river stretch, creation of a flood map and validation with an historical map; and Scenario-run: analysis of the influence of hydraulic structures (change in regulation on the flood modelling results).

    Format: more information

    26 hrs/2 credits theory; 26 hrs/2 credits of practical work; 26 hrs/1 credit of assignment/guided self-study

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: River Modelling (B-KUL-I2D25a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report, Presentation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The assessment will be based on the evaluation of the individual reports and on the presentation of project results (during the examination period).

    Submission of the individual tasks is mandatory and no final examination is allowed without submission of the tasks.

    ECTS Soil Water Modelling (B-KUL-I0D26A)

    5 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    This workshop provides the theoretical and practical basis for understanding and quantifying physical and hydrological processes of soils and the vadose zone. Based on a good understanding of the hydro-physical processes problems in the management of soil water for agriculture or nature conservation can be solved using numerical models. The coupling with the atmosphere and the role of plants in the hydrological cycle are covered too. Attention is given to modern measurement methods for data-collection in the unsaturated zone and parameter estimation required for models. Furthermore, attention is given to the transport and fate of chemicals (like nitrate, organic pollutants) in the unsaturated zone between the soil surface and the top of the underlying aquifer system. It is expected that at the end of this workshop a student can collect relevant data, and use conceptual and practical tools, like numerical soil water quantity and quality models, in order to solve soil water management problems with associated environmental issues like agrochemical and pollutant transport in soils.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of soil water dynamics, agroclimatology, calculus, differential equations


    The following combination of courses provides the required basic knowledge:

    I0D18A Groundwater Hydrology + I0J63A Agricultural Water Management + I0A99A Advanced Mathematics for Water Engineering,
    or
    I0J56A Hydrologische processen - Deel 1 & 2 + I0N65A Klimatologie + I0K00A Wiskunde 2: lineaire algebra en analyse + I0N19A Differentiaalvergelijkingen

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Soil Water Modelling (B-KUL-I0D26a)

    5 ECTS : Practical 52 First termFirst term

    Content

    Lectures on theory and modeling techniques (half of the time):

    1. Water flow
    -   Review of basic concepts: water potential, water retention, hydraulic conductivity, Darcy-Buckingham equation, Richards equation
    -   Numerical solution of Richards equation, boundary and initial conditions
    -   Soil water budget, root water uptake, atmospheric feedback, coupling of soil water models to crop models
    -   Preferential flow, soil heterogeneity, 2D and 3D flow
     
    2. Microbial transformation processes in soils
    -   First-order and Monod kinetics
    -   Nitrogen cycle in soils
    -   Pesticide degradation in soils; reaction chains
    -   Dependence of reaction rates on soil temperature and soil moisture content
     
    3. Solute transport in soils
    -   Review of basic concepts: convection, diffusion, hydrodynamic dispersion
    -   Convection-dispersion equation
    -   Sorption and retardation; application to pesticide leaching
     
    4. Heat flow in soils.
    -   Review of basic concepts: energy balance of the soil surface, soil thermal properties
    -   Soil heat flux
    -   Soil temperature regime
     
    5. Estimation of parameters in soil water models
    -   Pedotransfer functions for estimating parameters from easy-to-measure soil properties
    -   Direct measurement of soil properties
    -   Inverse modeling; local and global search methods (optimization)
     
    Practical exercises (working with the Hydrus model software; half of the time):

    The lectures are integrated with a series of guided exercise sessions (on student laptops) in the collaborative classroom.  In this classroom, the students will use the public-domain soil-water model HYDRUS-1D to simulate several simple cases of transport of water, heat, and solutes in soils: water infiltration, water balance of a cropped soil, soil thermal regime, solute leaching in soil columns, leaching of nitrogen fertilizer and pesticides in soils. Through the exercises, insight is gained into how the flow of water, heat and solutes and the solute transformation processes are interlinked, and how these processes can be simulated in an integrated way with the HYDRUS-1D model. Towards the end of the semester, students will also work on their laptops with the 3D version of the model (for which we have a group license).  This will allow simulating 2D flow and transport problems typically arising when the unsaturated zone and the saturated zone are considered together (e.g. when solutes like nitrate are leached from the root zone to the phreatic groundwater and further transported horizontally to a nearby ditch or river).

    Course material

    See Toledo

    Format: more information

    26 hrs/2 credits theory; 26 hrs/2 credits of practical work; 26 hrs/1 credit of assignment/guided self-study

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Soil Water Modelling (B-KUL-I2D26a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Paper/Project, Report
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator, Reference work

    Explanation

    In a practical modeling assignment (introduced at the beginning of December) the students will be given the opportunity to apply the insights and practical experience gained through this workshop to simulate flow and transport processes in the soil under real conditions, backed-up with observation data. The evaluation will be based on the quality of the report (50%) about this individual modeling assignment and on the insight and understanding of the work done (50%) as evaluated during an oral exam.

    Submission of the individual assignments is mandatory and no final examination is allowed without submission of the tasks.

    Information about retaking exams

    The evaluation for the second exam opportunity proceeds in the same way as in the first exam opportunity.  Students who already submitted a modelling assignment for the 1st exam period can improve their assignment and resubmit it.

    ECTS Water Productivity and Irrigation Design (B-KUL-I0D27A)

    5 ECTS English 42 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    After completion of the course, students should be able to: 

    • Analyze the demands of a farmer/cooperation/water management office to develop a cropping scheme and irrigation infrastructure and management at a specific location 
    • Analyze the context of crop water productivity at a specific location and context 
    • Design optimal irrigation schedules, deficit irrigation strategies and irrigation charts for farmers with AquaCrop 
    • Run and interpret simulations to tackle crop water productivity at a specific location and context under current and future climate   
    • Understand the (interactions of) effects of soil and agricultural management practices on simulated yield ,CWP and interannual yield stability 
    • Identify crop rotations/cropping systems suited for a specific location and socio-economic context 
    • Identify the irrigation type most suited for that specific location and proposed cropping system 
    • Evaluate/Design the water distribution system from the water source to the irrigated field 
    • Evaluate/Design the field equipment
      (dimensions, selection of suitable components, spatial lay-out, taking into account available workforce and socio-economic constraints) 

    Previous knowledge

    Students are supposed to have basic knowledge on crop water requirements, soil science, physics, hydraulics.

    Beginning conditions: Agricultural Water Management (or Irrigation Agronomy or Irrigation and Drainage); Hydraulics; Water Resources Management 1: Hydro-Social Systems

    Order of Enrolment



    FLEXIBLE (I0P71A) OR FLEXIBLE(I0D14C) OR FLEXIBLE( I0W44A ) OR FLEXIBLE (I0J63A)


    I0P71AI0P71A : Irrigatie en drainage
    I0D14CI0D14C : Irrigation Agronomy
    I0W44AI0W44A : Irrigation and Drainage
    I0J63AI0J63A : Agricultural Water Management

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Crop Water Productivity Management (B-KUL-I0O89a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 24 First termFirst term

    Content

    1. Relevance of Water Productivity on a general and global scale. Introduction to the problem of global water availability and agronomic use, water footprint, crop water productivity management and modelling. Introduction to AquaCrop

     

    2. Application of AquaCrop to design agro-systems and management practices with attention to the system’s water productivity.

    - Simulation from crop canopy cover over transpiration and biomass production to yield

    - Field management including soil surface practices, runoff, soil salinity and soil fertility

    - Irrigation management including net irrigation requirement, irrigation scheduling and deficit irrigation

    - Adapted agro-systems for climate change conditions

    Course material

    - Handbook on the underlying theoretical concepts of the crop water productivity model AquaCrop

    - Handbook on how to run the crop water productivity model AquaCrop for practical application

    Available on Toledo:
    - Crop water productivity model AquaCrop (software)

    - Online modules to acquire (practical and theoretical) knowledge about crop water productivity management and modelling, including presentations with voice-over about the underlying theoretical concepts and practical application of the crop water productivity model AquaCrop

    - Online modules to (self) test (practical and theoretical) knowledge about crop water productivity management

    - Reference manual of the crop water productivity model AquaCrop

    Format: more information

    Flipped classroom - Group assignment - Practical lecture - Project work - Report

    Presentation

    Students follow in-class sessions that consist of mainly practical exercises, training in software and feedback on student’s queries to design field management for achieving optimal crop water productivity (including an irrigation schedule) in a practical application project

    During pre-class sessions students have to prepare each of the in-class sessions by completing an online module (on Toledo) offering presentations with voice-over, selected chapters in the course handbooks and a minor pre-class assignment

    Design and Evaluation of Irrigation Systems (B-KUL-I0O88a)

    2 ECTS : Assignment 18 First termFirst term

    Content

    During this OLA, students will be engaged to analyze and evaluate the context of an existing or planned irrigation project addressing the different dimensions. Starting from a concrete assignment, they will

    • Identify crop rotations/cropping systems suited for a specific location and socio-economic context 
    • Identify the irrigation type(s) most suited for that specific location and proposed cropping system 
    • Explore available water resources for the location
    • Evaluate/Design the water distribution system from the water source to the irrigated field 
    • Evaluate/Design the field equipment (dimensions, selection of suitable components, spatial lay-out, ...) 
    • Reflect on the socio-economic context of the project and the links to water management in the irrigated perimeter

    Course material

    Learning material will be made available on Toledo following the project progress

    Format: more information

    Group assignment - Literature review - Presentation - Project work - Report

    Discussion 

    Students will get a project assignment, which they will have to analyse, propose a methodology to investigate and implement that methodology to create their report and oral presentation. During the practical sessions, they will get time to work in groups and get access to relevant/necessary theory by the professor upon demand as part of their learning process. Several learning blocks will be available as part of the learning process.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Water Productivity and Irrigation Design (B-KUL-I2D27a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Report, Presentation, Process evaluation
    Learning material : Course material, Computer

    Explanation

    The assessment is based on an evaluation of the student’s reports about their projects (55%), which is submitted prior to the oral defence and the oral exam (45%).

    The projects and reports are discussed during the oral examination. The student presents the design or management projects on an individual basis, discusses how to select alternative management and design options, justifies his or her choices for management and design and explains the steps followed towards the final result.

    Information about retaking exams

    Whereas the progress presentations and the group report cannot be repeated in the second session, the individual oral defence can be subject to a second exam opportunity.

    ECTS Linear Algebra (B-KUL-I0D38B)

    7 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term

    Aims

    The students become familiar with the following aspects of linear algebra, which together form an important mathematical basis for future courses:

    • matrix computations
    • solving linear systems of equations
    • basic algebraic concepts and methods that are used in data analysis applications
    • links  between  vector  space  representations  and  matrices,  and  between decompositions such as eigenvalue decomposition, singular value decomposition, linear systems, least squares solutions

    At the end of this course, students should:

    • understand basic theoretical concepts of linear algebra, apply them, and integrate them
    • be able to use algebraic methods and tools to solve mathematical problems
    • be able to transform a descriptive problem into a mathematical formulation, and to identify the algebraic method(s) that can be used to solve them

    Previous knowledge

    High-school mathematics.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Linear Algebra (B-KUL-I0D38a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 52 First termFirst term

    Content

    • Systems of linear equations, row echelon form, rank of a matrix
    • Matrix algebra and determinants
    • Vector spaces
    • Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, matrix diagonalisation
    • Norms, distances, inner product
    • Orthogonal projection, projection matrix
    • Gram-Schmidt orthogonalisation, QR
    • Singular value decomposition, generalised inverse, best rank k approximation
    • Least squares solution
    • Principal Component Analysis

    Course material

    • Textbook: David C. Lay,  Linear Algebra and its Applications, 5th (or 4th) edition, Pearson Education
    • Slides (on Toledo)
    • Material for exercise sessions (on Toledo)

    Language of instruction: more information

    This course will be taught in English

    Format: more information

    Theoretical concepts in linear algebra are taught and then applied in different examples.

    The chapters in the textbook which are supposed to be known for the exam will be given during the first lecture, and will be listed on Toledo (see slides of first lecture).

    Students are expected to study the theoretical concepts from the text book (at home) before a lecture, and stay up to date with the material that has been covered in the lectures. During the contact moments, the students should be able to interact with the lecturer and with their peers based on what they have studied. During the lectures, some time is reserved for discussion (Q&A). A limited amount of material is self-study and will not be covered in the lectures.

    The lectures are complemented with exercise sessions (pen and paper)

    Exercises in Linear Algebra (B-KUL-I0D91a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 0 First termFirst term

    Content

    Systems of equations and the echelon form, Rank and null space of a matrix, Determinants, Inverse, QR decomposition, Characteristic polynomial, Eigenvalue decomposition, Singular value decomposition, Least Squares, Principal Component Analysis

    Course material

    List of exercises on Toledo

    Format: more information

    Exercises are solved in small groups. A TA will be available during the exercise session to ask questions or request assistance. Some exercises are also solved with the whole class together. The exercise sessions are only useful if the students have studied the relevant chapter in the handbook beforehand. During the exercise sessions there is also the possibility to clarify concepts or exercises that were explained during the lectures.

    Is also included in other courses

    I0J92A : Linear Algebra: MOOC and Blended Course

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Linear Algebra (B-KUL-I2D38b)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator, Reference work

    Explanation

    Written examination with exercises:

    The students can use the text book of Lay (Linear Algebra and its Applications), but nothing else (no personal papers with summary, exercises, slides, etc.). A simple calculator with only digits display can be used (no graphical calculator and no calculators that can perform matrix calculations!).

    It is important to give sufficient in-between steps in the mathematical derivations/calculations, and to clearly explain the reasoning that leads to the solution. Missing steps and giant leaps in the calculations/derivations, while still reaching the right solution, will be treated as 'suspicious' (e.g., the illegal use of a calculator or software that can perform matrix calculation, etc.)

    The students can take a mock exam during the semester of which the grade is scaled to a grade x/1. Students who pass this mock exam, meaning they have scored at least 0.5/1 for this exam, will have this grade added as a bonus to the grade of their final exam. Participation in this mock exam is not mandatory: students can still obtain the maximum grade for the final exam without participating in the mock exam.

    Information about retaking exams

    The score of the mock exam is not added to the grade of the retake exam.

    ECTS Calculus (B-KUL-I0D39C)

    5 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term

    Aims

    Students know the concepts of calculus: limit, continuity, derivative, differential, integral, differential equation and can apply these concepts to exercises. Both functions of one variable and multivariate functions are studied.

    Identical courses

    I0D39B: Calculus

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Calculus (B-KUL-I0D39a)

    5 ECTS : Practical 39 First termFirst term

    Content

    • Numbers and functions
    • Limits and continuity of functions of one variable
    • Differentiability of functions of one variable: interpretations, calculation rules, higher order derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, monotonicity and concavity, implicit differentiation, practical problems, graphing functions
    • Introduction to differential equations: first-order separable differential equations
    • Integration theory and integration methods: fundamental theorems, simple integrals, applications: area, volume and length, integration techniques
    • Transcendental functions: inverse functions, logarithmic and exponential functions, inverse trigonometric functions, hyperbolic functions, exponential growth and decay
    • Limits: indeterminate forms, L'Hospital's rule
    • Limits and continuity of multivariate functions
    • Differentiability of multivariate functions: partial derivatives, directional derivatives, gradient, the chain rule, maxima and minima, the method of Lagrange multipliers

    Course material

    Handbook: Dale Varberg, Edwin J. Purcell, Steven E. Rigdon: Calculus, ninth edition, Pearson International Edition (or a later edition)

    Other calculus handbooks can be useful as well.

    Format: more information

    For each (weekly) session the students prepare (part of) a chapter and make a list of exercises. The session consists of discussion and questions about theory and exercises.

    Off-campus students can ask questions during online sessions.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Calculus (B-KUL-I2D39c)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator

    Explanation

    The students can take a mock exam during the semester of which the grade is scaled to a grade x/1. Students who pass this mock exam, meaning they have scored at least 0.5/1 for this exam, will have this grade added as a bonus to the grade of their final exam. Participation in this mock exam is not mandatory: students can still obtain the maximum grade for the final exam without participating in the mock exam.

    Written open book examination.

    Information about retaking exams

    Only the real exam can be retaken.

    The score of the mock exam will not be used anymore.

    ECTS Remote Sensing of Vegetation, Soil and Water Systems (B-KUL-I0D62A)

    6 ECTS English 78 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    Students get acquainted with the principles of remote monitoring of vegetation, soil and water systems, and with the application of earth observation technology in terrestrial system monitoring and modelling. They must be able to understand and explain advanced approaches of digital earth observation in the context of plant-biophysical system and process assessment. Students must attain a thorough understanding of, and proficiency in, the utilization of advanced tools, instruments and procedures for the non-invasive study of vegetation, soil and water systems.

     

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of these topics is required in order to start this course:

    • Earth observation (Master’s level)
    • Geographic Information Systems

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Remote Sensing of Vegetation, Soil and Water Systems: Theory (B-KUL-I0D73a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 42 Second termSecond term

    Content

    This course is offered to the students in the form of topic-specific lectures (+ a seminar series) with linked laboratory exercises, whereby the topics are presented by the instructors and the seminars by invited internationally-renown experts.

    The course consist of three main parts:

    In the first part, we study the interaction of electromagnetic radiation (from visible light through microwave radiation) with plants, soil and water. The fundamental knowledge about the interaction between light and matter is crucial to fully grasp the concepts in the remainder of the course.

    In the second part, we overview image and signal processing techniques for sensing vegetation, soil and water properties and ecosystem processes using various remote sensing data and technologies. From the technological perspective, we will introduce the spectral environment, including hyperspectral and fluorescence sensing, lidar-based systems, active and passive microwave systems, and multiple viewing angle instruments. Where it concerns the extraction of information from the remotely sensed data, approaches to unmix pixels, to minimize adjacency effects, to extract vegetation and soil-water indices, to detect temporal changes and to analyze time series are discussed. The basis always remains the interaction of solar and man-made energy with vegetation, soil and water, so that an understanding of the structure and the functioning of agro- and ecosystems can be gained for monitoring and modelling purposes.

    Based on the knowledge gained in parts 1 and 2, we focus in part 3 on integrated applications. We will evaluate the possibilities (and limitations) of remote sensing based monitoring and modeling in the context of: detection and diagnosis of plant ‘stress’; precision agriculture and crop management; nature conservation; landscape ecology; biodiversity mapping; forest inventory; wildfires and biomass burning; urban ecology; floods; droughts; soil and water management; boundary conditions to land, weather and climate forecasting and monitoring.

    Course material

    Textbook: Remote Sensing of Vegetation: Principles, Techniques, and Applications (Jones & Vaughan), ISBN-13: 9780199207794

    English course notes: Remote Sensing of Vegetation, Soil and Water Systems (B. Somers, G. De Lannoy)

     

    Format: more information

    Lectures and seminars

    Remote Sensing of Vegetation, Soil and Water Systems: Excercises and Practicals (B-KUL-I0D74a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 36 Second termSecond term

    Content

    This part of the course is split up into laboratory exercises and a half day excursion.

    The laboratory exercises encompass practical sessions on the main theoretical concepts addressed in the lectures (e.g. canopy and soil-water radiative transfer modeling, hyperspectral data analysis and vegetation index computation, time series analysis) as well as practical sessions on integrated applications (e.g. assessing tree health in urban environments, mapping invasive plant species, monitoring biomass dynamics in grassland ecosystems, droughts; etc.).

    The half day excursion encompasses a visit to an operational remote sensing unit/company/institution.

    Participation in the seminars, laboratory exercises and excursion is mandatory.

    Course material

    Seminar hand-outs
    Dedicated software + documentation
    Earth observation data sets
    Pertinent scientific literature
    Toledo

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Remote Sensing of Vegetation, Soil and Water Systems (B-KUL-I2D62a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Report, Self assessment/Peer assessment
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The written (closed book) examination must be completed in about 3 hours (a full morning) and carries 60% of the grade.

    The evaluation of lab reports accounts for the other 40% of the course grade.

    Participation in the practicals and seminars is mandatory to be allowed to take part in the final written examination. Failure to complete any or all of all these activities, without valid reasons timely communicated to the coordinator, results in failing this whole course which means getting a NA score ("did not attend") for the exam and the retake.

     

    Information about retaking exams

    If a student passed the exercises and practicals, but did not pass for the whole course, the grades of the exercises and practicals will be transferred to the third examination period.

    If a student did not pass the exercises and practicals, an individual replacement task will be provided.

    A student who received ‘NA’ on the practicals and exercises will not get a chance to redo this part. These students are also excluded from taking the theory exam during the third examination period. 

    ECTS Global Soil and Land Resources Management (B-KUL-I0I08A)

    5 ECTS English 45 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    The course provides a comprehensive introduction to applied soil science and land evaluation.

    Applied soil science is concerned with the properties of the major soils of the world and how they can help determine the potential and constraints of the corresponding land units for ecosystem service delivery, including agricultural and forestry production and land management requirements.

    Land evaluation is concerned with the assessment of land performance when used for specified purposes. An integrated assessment of soil, climate, topography, land cover and other land characteristics allows for evaluating the productive and regulatory performance of specific land use types to support decision making on optimization of sustainable land use and management.

    Through interactive assignments students acquire the necessary skills in spatial data processing and scientific reporting for both applied soil science challenges and land evaluation purposes.

    After successful completion, students are able to:

    • apply the principles of soil formation and soil analysis to the major international soil classification systems and global spatial soil databases.
    • demonstrate the link between soil properties and ecosystem service delivery at different spatial scales.
    • handle spatial data sources of soil, climate, topography, land cover and land characteristics for a territory of interest and apply geomatics for the integration and subsequent interpretation of applied soil science challenges.  
    • actively apply the terminology, concepts and principles of physical land evaluation systems at the global (FAO) and regional (EU) scales.
    • handle spatial data sources and apply geomatics for physical land evaluation purposes thereby assessing land performance for specified land use purposes and determining requirements of alternative forms of land use.

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of these topics is required in order to start this course:

    • Basic knowledge of soil science, climate science, biological production systems (Bachelor's level)
    • Knowledge of the concepts, major algorithms and applications of Geographic Information Science and Technology (Bachelor's level)
    • Basic skills in working with GIS- and spreadsheet-software

    Students without the required knowledge can take this course, but are advised to embark on self-study material provided at the onset of this course.

    Knowledge of basic programming (Bachelor's level) is an advantage.

    Identical courses

    I0J78A: Toegepaste bodemkunde en landevaluatie

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Essentials of Soil Science (B-KUL-I0V40a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 9 First termFirst term

    Content

    The concepts of soil science essential for understanding soil formation, soil behaviour and soil classification are refreshed such as weathering, mineralogy, soil physical and soil chemical properties. This will allow students to understand the relationship between soil morphology and soil classification, and the potential and limitations of the various soil reference groups. The international soil classification systems “World Reference Base for soil resources” and “the USDA’s Soil Taxonomy”  are introduced as these are the most widely used classification systems.

    Course material

    • Blum, W., Schad, P., & Nortcliff, S. (2018). Essentials of Soil Science. Borntraeger Science Publishers.
    • PowerPoint presentations
    • Additional material (papers, urls, slides) made available through Toledo

    Format: more information

    Blended approach of online lectures and contact session for practical exercises, Q/A and feedback

    Major Soils of the World (B-KUL-I0V42a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 18 First termFirst term

    Content

    Following the latest edition of the international soil classification system (WRB) all the Reference Soil Groups are thoroughly reviewed in terms of (i) the enormous variability of environmental conditions which determine(d) their formation, (ii) their related geographical distribution and (iii) their properties in relation to ecosystem service delivery and management.   

    Course material

    • The Major Soils of the World, FAO Soil Resources Report no 94, 334 pages
    • World Reference Base for Soil Resources 2014, International Soil Classification System for Naming Soils and Creating Legends for Soil Maps - Update 2015, FAO, World Soil Resources Report, 106.
    • PowerPoint presentations
    • Additional material (papers, urls, slides) made available through Toledo

    Format: more information

    Blended approach of online lectures and contact sessions for practical exercises, Q/A and feedback.

    Land Evaluation (B-KUL-I0U56a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 18 First termFirst term

    Content

    Land evaluation methods are explained through the origin, principles and hypotheses of land evaluation and (physical) land suitability assessment. Tools for land evaluation are reviewed and include Geographic Information System Technology, Geomatics and Data Mining Techniques for spatial data sources to include information on soil, climate, topography, land cover and land characteristics. Methods for local and global land evaluation are discussed with respect to supporting decision making on sustainable land use and management. These methods include the FAO framework for land evaluation; qualitative methods for land suitability assessment; quantitative methods for land quality assessment; agro-ecological zoning; land management and habitat zonation; land evaluation systems in the European Union; and land evaluation and climate change.

    Course material

    • Land Evaluation: towards a revised Framework, FAO Land and Water Discussion Paper, 2007.
    • PowerPoint presentations
    • Additional material (papers, urls, slides) made available through Toledo

    Format: more information

    Blended approach of online lectures and contact sessions for assignments, practical exercises, Q/A and feedback

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Global Soil and Land Resources Management (B-KUL-I2I08a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions
    Learning material : Reference work, Calculator

    Explanation

    Two to three individual or group assignments are to be submitted as specified and announced during the course. The evaluation of assignments accounts for 40% of the course grade. Failure to submit an assignment without valid reason results in a “0” score. A student cannot succeed in this course when the total score for all assignments is less than 9/20. In such a case, the overall mark of the student cannot be higher than 9/20.

    During the written exam students are allowed to consult the following reference work for examination questions related to OLA I0V42a (Major soils of the world): “World Reference Base for Soil Resources 2014, International Soil Classification System for Naming Soils and Creating Legends for Soil Maps - Update 2015, FAO, World Soil Resources Report, 106”.

    Information about retaking exams

    Students with an insufficient total score during the first exam session and an insufficient score for the assignments, are allowed to retake and resubmit the assignments for evaluation during the second examination period. Otherwise, the grades of all assignments can be transferred to the second exam session.

    ECTS Ecological Data Processing (B-KUL-I0I11A)

    5 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    After completing the course ‘Ecological Data Processing’, students will:

    • Be familiar with the sequential steps in quantitative ecological research: data preprocessing, analysis, and interpretation.
    • Be capable of selecting and applying the most appropriate methods and techniques based on predefined objectives.
    • Be proficient in performing data exploration, treatment, and statistical analysis within the R software environment.

    More specifically, students will:

    • Be able to design the various steps of quantitative ecological research according to predetermined research goals.
    • Understand the types of ecological data and their characteristics.
    • Know how and when to apply different methods and techniques for data management and exploration.
    • Be skilled in performing various data transformations and understand when and why these are necessary.
    • Have insight into the functioning of various data processing methods and techniques, from bivariate statistics to multivariate data analysis, regression and machine learning.
    • Be able to choose the optimal data processing method considering the nature of the data and the research objectives.
    • Be adept at applying various data processing methods and techniques in R and presenting the results.
    • Be capable of interpreting the results of the discussed data analysis techniques in line with the study objectives.

    Previous knowledge

     Knowledge of these topics is required in order to start this course:

    • Basic statistics (Bachelor’s level):
      • Hypothesis testing
      • Linear regression and ANOVA

     Knowledge of these topics is an advantage:

    • Basic biology (Bachelor’s level):
      • Plant and cell biology
      • Animal biology
      • Genetics
    • Basic ecology (Bachelor’s level)

    Identical courses

    I0A94A: Ecological Data Processing
    I0I51A: Ecologische dataverzameling en -verwerking

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Ecological Data Processing: Theory (B-KUL-I0I11a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term

    Content

    The course provides an in-depth exploration of the quantitative analysis of ecological data, covering the complete process from data treatment to analysis. It includes essential steps such as data cleaning, data transformation, association and correlation measures, selection of non-parametric statistics, multivariate data analysis methods (including ordination methods and classification techniques), linear regression, and machine learning.

    Approaching data analysis from a practical perspective, the course uses numerous examples to illustrate key concepts. Special emphasis is placed on the conditions, limitations, and application modalities of each method. Additionally, the course highlights the relevance and interconnections of these methods with other disciplines.

    Course material

    Presentations and background papers

    Format: more information

    Lectures

    Ecological Data Processing: Exercises (B-KUL-I0I12a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 16 First termFirst term

    Content

    In this section of the course, students will learn to practically execute the various steps of ecological data processing. During practical PC session, we will focus on data treatment, analysis, interpretation, and presentation of results. Students will begin by getting familiar with the R software environment and R Studio, covering basics such as importing data, installing and loading R packages, and visualizing results. Subsequently, they will learn to perform a range of statistical techniques, including data transformation, outlier analysis, correlation, ordination, classification, selected non-parametric statistical methods, ordination, classification, advanced linear regression and machine learning. Emphasis will be placed on the practical application of these techniques.

    Course material

    Presentations, field manuals and R-code

    Format: more information

    PC practicum and field sessions

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Ecological Data Processing (B-KUL-I2I11a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Report, Presentation

    Explanation

    The evaluation of this course unit consists of (1) exercises during the semester (accounting for 1/4th of the final mark) and (2) writing a paper in groups and a presentation during the examination period (accounting for 3/4th of the final mark).

    (1) For the evaluation of the OLA “Ecological Data Collection and Processing: Exercises”, students will have to finish and submit reports of R exercises during the semester. Timely submission of these reports is mandatory. Late submissions must be reported to the lecturer as soon as possible and no later than before the designated submission date. Additionally, students must provide valid proof of lateness. In the case of justified lateness, students must submit the make-up assignment as communicated by the teacher. Students who fail to report their lateness (timely) or fail to provide valid proof or fail to comply with the make-up modalities will be excluded from all subsequent examination periods of the respective academic year. The respective OLA and OPO will be considered as "not completed" (NA) in all examination periods of that academic year.

    (2) For the evaluation of the OLA “Ecological Data Collection and Processing: Theory”, students will be divided into groups and have to analyse a given ecological dataset according to predetermined ecological research questions. The students have to report and discuss their analyses and results in a paper. Finally, they will have to present and defend their work.

    Information about retaking exams

    There is no second exam opportunity for the R exercises. The result obtained for the exercises is therefore retained in the third examination period.

    Instead of the group paper, there will be an individual task (paper + presentation)

    ECTS Environmental and Resource Economics (B-KUL-I0I13A)

    6 ECTS English 52 Second termSecond term

    Aims

    This is an intermediate level course in which students familiarize with the concepts and methods of ecological, environmental and natural resources economics and with the international dimension of environmental economics (with a focus on trade, climate change, ….). Students explore how economics can help us understand the causes of a series of important environmental problems (water and soil pollution, biodiversity loss, air pollution) and can derive policy implications for environmental protection. Students know how to do a project appraisal. They can assess projects using a cost-benefit analysis and can apply a cost-benefit analysis to the environment. They know some alternatives to cost-benefit analysis. Students can value the environment using stated preference methods (choice experiments and contingent valuation methods) and revealed preference methods (travel cost method, hedonic pricing method).

    Previous knowledge

    Students have an intermediate knowledge of economics. Students have had at least an intermediate course in economics (e.g. Bioeconomics).

    Identical courses

    I0I58A: Economie van de natuurlijke hulpbronnen en het milieu

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Fundamentals of Environmental and Resource Economics (B-KUL-I0I13a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term

    Content

    • Introduction to the concepts and methods of environmental and resources economics (welfare theory, the sustainability problem, market failures and externalities, ...)
    • The international dimension of environmental problems (with a focus on trade and climate change, …)
    • The economics of water, soil, air pollution
    • Policy instruments to control pollution levels

    Course material

    Study material consists of PowerPoint presentations and course notes, complemented with scientific articles and other literature sources

    Nature and Environmental Project Appraisal (B-KUL-I0I75a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term

    Content

    • Cost Benefit Analysis and alternatives to Cost Benefit Analysis
    • Environmental Valuation Techniques
    • Contingent Valuation Methods
    • Choice Experiments

    Course material

    Study material consists of PowerPoint presentations and course notes, complemented with scientific articles and other literature sources

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Environmental and Resource Economics (B-KUL-I2I13a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Closed questions, Multiple choice, Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    ECTS Forest, Nature and Landscape Planning (B-KUL-I0I14A)

    5 ECTS English 47 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Ottoy Sam (coordinator) |  Huvenne Patrick |  Ottoy Sam |  Van Orshoven Jos

    Aims

    Future engineers acquire knowledge and skills about techniques that support planning of policies and interventions for sustainable forestry, nature conservation and landscape development. Students are introduced to planning and decision making concepts and tools with emphasis on the temporal, spatial and combined spatio-temporal dimensions.

    This course is about human influenced forests, nature zones and landscapes which need active interventions and hence planning of these interventions to maintain or enhance the biodiversity and optimize the effective ecosystem service delivery of all types: provisioning (e.g., wood, biomass, game, water, energy), regulating (e.g., carbon sequestration, water quality regulation), supporting (e.g., nutrient cycling) and cultural (e.g., recreation, quality of living space).

     

    Previous knowledge

    • Ecological and technical skills in forestry and nature conservation.
    • Ecological and technical skills in forestry and nature conservation.Basic knowledge of general soil and climate science, forestry and agriculture
    • Basic conceptual knowledge of GIS and basic skills in working with GIS- and spreadsheet-software

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Landscape Planning (B-KUL-I0I14a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 8 Second termSecond term

    Content

    In this OLA, multi-criteria decision making methods and linear programming approaches for geospatial-temporal planning are introduced. The ultimate planning question at stake is ‘Where, how, when and for how long to intervene in a territory of interest to achieve the best possible outcome within the applicable constraints?’. For exercises and assignments use is made of spreadsheet- and GIS-software.

    Course material

    Presentations, scientific papers and URLs are provided through Toledo

    Format: more information

    The lectures are interactive, meaning that the lecturer takes the lead but students are encouraged to internalize the transferred knowledge through question/answer-subsessions, group discussions, small exercises using PC or paper.

    Planning for Forestry and Nature Conservation (B-KUL-I0U79a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term

    Content

    Lectures on the principles of planning for forestry and nature conservation, and on the different available techniques and tools for use during consecutive planning phases.

    Point of departure for this course is the relationship between ecological, technical and socio-economic aspects of forestry and nature conservation.

    The first part of the course describes the principles of planning in a context of forestry and nature conservation, giving an introduction on planning concepts and on the specific planning challenges in ecosystems. Planning is framed within the broad themes of sustainability and of ecosystem services, and two essential elements are introduced, which accompany the planner throughout the whole planning cycle: goal setting and participation. Many examples from forest/nature management and policy are provided, with special attention to a broad European context.

    The second part of the course passes through the four steps of any planning process (analysis, synthesis, implementation and evaluation), providing for each phase the most relevant techniques and tools available to the planner.

     

    ‘Analysis’ is related to concepts of inventory and monitoring, cost-benefit and valuation techniques, socio-economic valuation of ecosystem services, and growth and yield modeling. For ‘synthesis’, the historical practice on strategic and tactical forest management planning is reviewed, i.e. forest regulation in the even-aged and uneven-aged ‘normal’ forest. Then multi-criteria decision making methods and linear programming techniques are introduced, applicable for use in complex planning problems. ‘Implementation’ considers action plans, technical codes, as well as techniques of project planning. Finally, ‘evaluation’ introduces the concept of adaptive management and related monitoring techniques for efficiency, effectiveness and sustainability, including methods for environmental impact assessment like Criteria and Indicators and LCA.

    Course material

    Study material consists of PowerPoint presentations, complemented with scientific articles and other literature sources are provided through Toledo.

    Format: more information

    Interactive lectures and guest lectures.

    Planning for Forestry, Nature Conservation and Landscape Development: Practical (B-KUL-I0U80a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 13 Second termSecond term

    Content

    - Practical exercises in which a selection of techniques for forest, nature conservation and landscape development planning is illustrated with typical problems, available software and a field excursion.

    - The following planning techniques are exemplified: linear programming, multicriteria decision analysis, forest valuation and cost-benefit analysis, project planning, GIS.

    - The fieldwork clarifies the making of and use of yield tables for forestry.

    - The field excursion to illustrate actual forest management, nature conservation and landscape development planning practice in Flanders.

    Course material

    PowerPoint presentations, questions and software

    Format: more information

    Practical exercises, PC sessions, fieldwork and excursion.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Forest, Nature and Landscape Planning (B-KUL-I2I14a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    • The OLA Landscape Planning (I0I14a) accounts for 1 credit (out of 5), and therefore one fifth of the final score. For this OLA 3/4 of the score is based on the submitted assignment, and 1/4 on a series of 5 true/false questions in the exam.
    • The OLA's Planning for Forestry and Nature Conservation (I0U79a) and Planning for Forestry, Nature Conservation and Landscape Development (I0U80a) together account for 4 credits (out of 5) and are evaluated entirely in the overall exam. For these OLAs, the overall exam consists of 4 or 5 open questions, 2 of them theory questions, the others problems to solve.
    • Hand calculators are allowed during the exam. 
    • A student cannot succeed for this course when the Landscape Planning assignment is not submitted or not submitted according to the prescribed timing (see Toledo). The overall mark of such student for the course is set to ‘NA’ ('not completed').
    • A student cannot succeed for this course when the score for the Landscape Planning assignment is less than 10/20. The overall mark of such student cannot be higher than 9/20. 

     

    Information about retaking exams

    • Students who obtained an overall mark for the course lower than 10/20, but have submitted the Landscape Planning assignment according to the prescribed timing (see Toledo) only have to retake those components (concluding exam and/or assignment) for which they did not pass. They keep the partial mark for the component for which they did pass.
    • Students who obtained an overall mark for the course equal to or higher than 10/20 but did not submit the Landscape Planning assignment or did not submit the assignment according to the prescribed timing (see Toledo) or obtained a score for the assignment lower than 10/20 have to retake the assignment. They keep the partial mark for the concluding exam.

     

    ECTS Microbial Physiology (B-KUL-I0I22A)

    5 ECTS English 48 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Michiels Jan (coordinator) |  Michiels Jan |  Steenackers Hans

    Aims

    Students are able to describe the physiology of microbial cells and its regulation, cellular differentiation processes and behavior of microorganisms as members of complex communities, and relate the different aspects to each other.

    The students are able to describe the structure and function of bio-macromolecules and complexes involved in processes that take place at the level of microbial membranes and relate them to each other and to the level of the functioning of cells.

    The students are able to describe the cellular and molecular basis of the interactions between microorganisms mutually, between microorganisms and higher organisms, and between microorganisms and their environment.

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of these topics is required in order to start this course:

    • Genetics (Bachelor’s level)
    • Biochemistry (Bachelor’s level)
    • Microbiology (Bachelor’s level)

     

    Knowledge of these topics is an advantage:

    • Molecular cell biology
    • Biomolecular technology and analysis

    Identical courses

    I0P48A: Microbiële fysiologie

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Microbial Physiology (B-KUL-I0I22a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 33 First termFirst term

    Content

    1) Global regulatory networks in micro-organisms in connection with nutrition and stress (stringent response, catabolite repression, heat shock response, pH-stress, osmotic stress, protein folding and proteolysis, ...)

    2) Structure and functioning of microbial transport systems of bio-molecules (protein secretion systems, receptors, ABC-transporters, cellular casing, ...)

    3) Morphological differentiation (cell cycle, sporulation, quorum sensing, biofilms, ...)

    4) Molecular mechanisms, ecology and evolution of (i) beneficiary and pathogenic microbe-host interactions and (ii) cooperative and competitive microbe-microbe interactions and (ii) cooperative and competitive microbe-microbe interactions

    Course material

    - Course: Slides Microbial physiology through Toledo
    - Optional reference work: Molecular Genetics of Bacteria, Snyder and Champness, Washington DC: ASM Press

    Microbial Physiology: Exercises (B-KUL-I0J30a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 15 First termFirst term

    Content

    Molecular mechanisms, ecology and evolution of (i) beneficiary and pathogenic microbe-host interactions and (ii) cooperative and competitive microbe-microbe interactions: exercises, project and discussions

     

    Course material

    Course: Slides Microbial physiology through Toledo

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Microbial Physiology (B-KUL-I2I22a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Participation during contact hours
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The assessment consists of a combination of (i) an exam during the examination period and  (ii) continuous assessment.

    The exam during the examination period is a written, closed book exam. This part counts for 80% of the grade and will be divided in two parts: the part of Professor Michiels (50%) and that of Professor Steenackers (30%).

    The continuous assessment (Professor Steenacker’s part) is based on written or oral partial exams, project work and participation during the contact hours. This part will count for 20% of the grade.

    The final scoring is as follows: 50 % on Professor Michiels’s part and 50% on Professor Steenacker’s part.

    All parts of the evaluation are mandatory. A student who does not participate during the continuous assessment, except for valid reasons timely communicated to Professor Steenackers, will be excluded for the exam and the retake.

    Information about retaking exams

    The continuous assessment cannot be repeated during the third examination period. The grades for this part will therefore be transferred to the third examination period.

     

    The written exam can be retaken, provided that the student did not score an ‘NA’ on the continuous assessment.

    ECTS Applied Synthetic Microbiology (B-KUL-I0I28A)

    4 ECTS English 26 First termFirst term

    Aims

    Acquiring insight into (i) the potential that microorganisms and their derived products offer for biotechnological applications in various sectors (medical, industrial, ecological), and into (ii) the synthetic biology engineering strategies used to exploit and improve this potential.

    At the end of the course, students are expected to integrate the gained insights, and apply them in the design of microbial strains, genetic circuits, enzymes, etc. for particular purposes.

    Previous knowledge

    Strong basis and interest in microbiology and gene technology.

    Identical courses

    I0P57A: Toepassingsdomeinen in de biotechnologie: micro-organisme

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Applied Synthetic Microbiology (B-KUL-I0I28a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term

    Content

    The latest insights and developments in the merging fields of synthetic microbiology and microbial biotechnology will be discussed in the context of various (i.e. medical, industrial or ecological) application domains.
    More specifically, the use, design and engineering of microorganisms, bacteriophages and their derived regulatory circuits, metabolic pathways, enzymes and metabolites is discussed in the context of:

    • biosensors and reporters (diagnostics, detection of pollutants and contaminants, ...)
    • therapeutic agents (probiotics, anti-tumor therapy, ...)
    • the production of valuable molecules and enzymes (therapeutics, metabolites, toxins, bio-catalysts, extremozymes, ...)
    • the production of renewable energy (bio-fuels, microbial fuel cells, ...)

     

    Course material

    See Toledo for slides, literature and additional information.

    Format: more information

    Lectures, seminars and exercise session.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Applied Synthetic Microbiology (B-KUL-I2I28a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The evaluation of this course consists of a written, closed-book exam with knowledge, insight and application questions.

    The student passes this course when the obtained total end score for this course is 50% (10/20) or higher.

    ECTS Geospatial Information Technologies (B-KUL-I0I32A)

    6 ECTS English 47 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    • Become profoundly knowledgeable about geospatial database technology and its relationships with Geographic Information Systems;  
    • Acquire specialized skills related to working with and managing (object-)relational geospatial databases using PostgreSQL/PostGIS-software by means of an elaborated tutorial emphasizing the Structured Query Language (SQL;
    • Acquire thorough knowledge of the rationale and concepts of Spatial Data Infrastructures (SDI);
    • Acknowledge the organizational dimension of SDI;
    • Acquire thorough knowledge of the technical components of SDI: (i) geospatial data repositories, (ii) metadata catalogues, (iii) access services and (iv) technical standards regarding (i), (ii) and (iii);
    • Learn to interact with SDI to discover, explore and exploit geodatasets;
    • Learn how to contribute to SDI through data modelling and standardization, database and metadata compilation and publication, service development.

    Geospatial databases and repositories are the core component of Spatial Data Infrastructures. “SDI" is the generic solution to the lack of accessibility and interoperability of geospatial data. An SDI is a set of technological and non-technological components meant to facilitate access, exchange and re-use of geospatial data within and between organisations with a view to contributing to the spatial enablement and performance of all kinds of user processes. In this course, SDI are studied as multi-component adaptive systems meant to support environmental policy and decision making.    

    Previous knowledge

    Basic conceptual knowledge of geospatial data, geospatial databases and geospatial information systems

    Basic practical skills in solving geospatial questions by means of geospatial data and GIS-tools

     

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Geospatial Databases (B-KUL-I0D98a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 8 First termFirst term

    Content

    • Principles of geospatial data modelling: Entity-Relationship modelling and Visual Modelling by means of the Unified Modelling Language
    • Relational and Object-Relational database design and management 
    • Introduction to the Structured Query Language

    Course material

    Presentations supported by reference book Geographic Information Science & Systems (Longley et al., 2015) and by various URLs.

    Format: more information

    Interactive lectures

    Geospatial Databases and SQL: Practical (B-KUL-I0D99a)

    2 ECTS : Assignment 13 First termFirst term

    Content

    • Tutorial of the PostgreSQL/PostGIS-software
    • Assignments

    Course material

    • Presentations and background documents
    • Tutorial with solutions
    • Assignments

    Format: more information

    Tutorial, exercises and assignments are offered through Toledo and elaborated at home. This is possible since the PostgreSQL/PostGIS-software belongs to the family of Free and Open Source Softwares. The contact sessions are meant to obtain feedback and advice.

    Geospatial Data Infrastructures (B-KUL-I0U99a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 18 First termFirst term

    Content

    1. From GIS to SDI with examples from INSPIRE and OpenStreetMap

    2. Geospatial data repositories as an extenstion of object-relational databases

    3. SDI Data & metadata: data and metadata formats including cloud-optimized formats, role of metadata, mark-up languages

    4. SDI services, standards and API's

    5. Interactive mapping

    6. Organizational considerations regarding SDI

    Course material

    Presentations, a selection of scientific articles and reports and various URLs provided through Toledo. Reference is also made to the book Longley et al., 2015. Geographic Information Science & Systems.

    Format: more information

    The lectures are interactive, meaning that the lecturer takes the lead but students are encouraged to internalize the transferred knowledge through question/answer-subsessions, group discussions, interaction with SDI, small computer exercises, …

    Geospatial Data Infrastructures: Practical (B-KUL-I0V00a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 8 First termFirst term

    Content

    Exercises and assignments dealing with several (but not necessarily all) of these topics:

    •Design, creation and management of object-relational geospatial data respositories;

    •The interpretation and production of UML class diagrams for a number of geodata themes; Conversion of UML class diagrams into object-relational databases; Accessibility and interoperability of geodata for a particular project;

    •The discovery and exploration of geodatasets by means of metadata and web services; Production and publication of metadata; Documenting the quality of data;

    •The Geography MarkUp Language (GML) as a standard format for exchange of geodatasets;

    •The setup of web map and web feature services ; 

    •The connection to and exploitation of a Sensor Observation Service and of a Real Time Kinematic Positioning Service;

    •The CityGML data model;

    •The organizational structure of the Flemish (GDI) and the European SDI (INSPIRE).

    Course material

    Various (online) course materials and software packages with tutorials and dedicated exercise descriptions, various URLs

    Use is made of free and open source software or of trial version software:

    • Quantum GIS as generic GIS-software;
    • PostgreSQL + PostGIS as Object-relational database management software;
    • OpenGeoSuite (GeoServer, Open layers, ...) for geospatial web services;
    • FME.

    Format: more information

    Exercises are integrated and assignments introduced in the lecture sessions. Students complete exercises and assignments individually or in group. Tutorials, exercises and assignments are offered through Toledo and elaborated at home. This is possible since the software used belongs to the family of Free and Open Source Softwares. There is sufficient possibility for obtaining feedback and advice through multiple contact sessions and by email.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Geospatial Information Technologies (B-KUL-I2I32a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    OLA I0D98a: Geospatial databases (weight 1/6):

               .  Written exam, Open Book

    OLA I0D99a: Geospatial Databases and SQL: Practical (weight 2/6)

               . 2 to 4 individual or group assignments to be handed in in the course of the semester according to a prescribed timing (see Toledo)

    OLA I0U99a: Geospatial data infrastructures (weight 2/6)

               . Written exam, Open Book, together with I0D98a

    OLA I0V00A: Geospatial data infrastructures: practical (weight 1/6)

               . 2 to 3 individual or group assignments to be handed in in the course of the semester according to a prescribed timing (see Toledo)

     

    In order to be allowed to participate in the written exam of OLAs I0D98a and I0U99a, the student must have submitted all the assignments of OLAs I0D99a and I0V00a according to the prescribed timing (see Toledo). If the student does not submit all assignments on time, except for valid reasons timely communicated to the exam ombuds service, the course will be considered as not taken (NA).

    Moreover, the student cannot succeed in this course when the combined score for the assignments for I0D99a and I0V00a is less than 9/20. The overall mark of such student cannot be higher than 9/20. 

    Information about retaking exams

    A student is exempted from retaking assignments for both I0D99a and I0V00a when the combined score for the assignments for I0D99a and I0V00a is at least 10/20 in the first exam session. In this case, the score of the assignments for I0D99a and I0V00a are transferred to the third examination period.

    The grades of the written exam of I0D98a and I0U99a will not be transferred to the third examination period. A student who does not pass the course will therefore always have to retake the exam of I0D98a and I0U99a in the third examination period.

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part I - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0I36A)

    10 ECTS English 0 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    De Coninck Barbara (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    Identical courses

    I0W24A: Master's Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Production: Research

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Plant Production Systems: Research (B-KUL-I0I36a)

    10 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 First termFirst term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part I - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I2I36a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Process evaluation

    Explanation

    Continuous assessment

    The student and his/her research work are evaluated throughout the process by the supervisor, who is responsible for the daily monitoring, and by the promoter. The student drafts a research plan of 1-2 pages in the initial stage of the Master's thesis, after he/she has familiarised him/herself with the subject. This plan is adjusted according to the progress made in the project. Furthermore, the student gives at least one interim presentation about the progress of the research and the obtained results, which are subject to formative feedback by the promoter and supervisor. The student keeps an electronic portfolio on Toledo in which the original and adjusted versions of the research plan, the interim presentations and accompanying feedback are kept.

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of intermediate reporting

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

     

    Based on these criteria promoter and supervisor express a ‘pass’ or ‘fail’ evaluation for this course. The overall evaluation of the process, reporting and presentation of the Master’s thesis research project is done in the course Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part II. To this end, the latter course is assigned 30 ECTS. De beoordelingsschaal van dit opleidingsonderdeel is 'geslaagd/niet geslaagd'.

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part I - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0I37A)

    10 ECTS English 0 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Vranken Liesbet (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    Identical courses

    I0W28A: Master's Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Economics: Research

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master's Thesis Agricultural and Resource Economics: Research (B-KUL-I0I37a)

    10 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 First termFirst term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part I - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I2I37a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Process evaluation

    Explanation

    Continuous assessment

    The student and his/her research work are evaluated throughout the process by the supervisor, who is responsible for the daily monitoring, and by the promoter. The student drafts a research plan of 1-2 pages in the initial stage of the Master's thesis, after he/she has familiarised him/herself with the subject. This plan is adjusted according to the progress made in the project. Furthermore, the student gives at least one interim presentation about the progress of the research and the obtained results, which are subject to formative feedback by the promoter and supervisor. The student keeps an electronic portfolio on Toledo in which the original and adjusted versions of the research plan, the interim presentations and accompanying feedback are kept.

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of intermediate reporting

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

     

    Based on these criteria promoter and supervisor express a ‘pass’ or ‘fail’ evaluation for this course. The overall evaluation of the process, reporting and presentation of the Master’s thesis research project is done in the course Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part II. To this end, the latter course is assigned 30 ECTS. De beoordelingsschaal van dit opleidingsonderdeel is 'geslaagd/niet geslaagd'.

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part I - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0I38A)

    10 ECTS English 0 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    De Lannoy Gabrielle (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part I - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0I38a)

    10 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 First termFirst term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part I - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I2I38a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Process evaluation

    Explanation

    Continuous assessment

    The student and his/her research work are evaluated throughout the process by the supervisor, who is responsible for the daily monitoring, and by the promoter. The student drafts a research plan of 1-2 pages in the initial stage of the Master's thesis, after he/she has familiarised him/herself with the subject. This plan is adjusted according to the progress made in the project. Furthermore, the student gives at least one interim presentation about the progress of the research and the obtained results, which are subject to formative feedback by the promoter and supervisor. The student keeps an electronic portfolio on Toledo in which the original and adjusted versions of the research plan, the interim presentations and accompanying feedback are kept.

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of intermediate reporting

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

     

    Based on these criteria promoter and supervisor express a ‘pass’ or ‘fail’ evaluation for this course. The overall evaluation of the process, reporting and presentation of the Master’s thesis research project is done in the course Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part II. To this end, the latter course is assigned 30 ECTS. De beoordelingsschaal van dit opleidingsonderdeel is 'geslaagd/niet geslaagd'.

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part I - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0I39A)

    10 ECTS English 0 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Somers Ben (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part I - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0I39a)

    10 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 First termFirst term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part I - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I2I39a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Process evaluation

    Explanation

    Continuous assessment

    The student and his/her research work are evaluated throughout the process by the supervisor, who is responsible for the daily monitoring, and by the promoter. The student drafts a research plan of 1-2 pages in the initial stage of the Master's thesis, after he/she has familiarised him/herself with the subject. This plan is adjusted according to the progress made in the project. Furthermore, the student gives at least one interim presentation about the progress of the research and the obtained results, which are subject to formative feedback by the promoter and supervisor. The student keeps an electronic portfolio on Toledo in which the original and adjusted versions of the research plan, the interim presentations and accompanying feedback are kept.

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of intermediate reporting

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

     

    Based on these criteria promoter and supervisor express a ‘pass’ or ‘fail’ evaluation for this course. The overall evaluation of the process, reporting and presentation of the Master’s thesis research project is done in the course Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part II. To this end, the latter course is assigned 30 ECTS. De beoordelingsschaal van dit opleidingsonderdeel is 'geslaagd/niet geslaagd'.

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Climate and Resource Economics (B-KUL-I0I41A)

    3 ECTS English 20 Second termSecond term
    N. |  Janssens Charlotte (substitute)

    Aims

    Students gain knowledge of the concepts and methods related to the economics of climate change. They understand the theories of non-renewable and renewable resource extraction and the theory of land allocation. Students can use comparative statics and dynamics to derive policy implications and can connect theoretical insights with empirical research. They can reflect on sustainable management strategies for renewable resources, with a focus on forest resources. Students understand the basic concepts of economy-wide modeling. They can interpret the results of integrated assessment models (IAMs) used for climate change research and can critically reflect on economic analyses of climate change policy.

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of these topics is required in order to start this course:

    • Intermediate economics (Bachelor’s level)
    • Environmental and/or resources economics

    It is recommended to have successfully completed or simultaneously follow the course Environmental and Resources Economics I or a non-KU Leuven equivalent.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Climate and Resource Economics (B-KUL-I0I41a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 Second termSecond term
    N. |  Janssens Charlotte (substitute)

    Content

    This course is structured in five parts. 

     

    Part I: Economics of Climate Change

    • Introduction to concepts and methods of climate change economics

     

    Part II: Non-Renewable Resources

    • Optimal non-renewable resource extraction
    • Resource curse
    • Dynamic stock pollution problem

     

    Part III: Renewable Resources

    • Optimal renewable resource extraction
    • Impact of property regimes and externalities on resource extraction
    • Land allocation model
    • Sustainable management of forest resources (institutional design, policy regulations, non-state interventions)

     

    Part IV: Integrated Assessment Models

    • Introduction to economy-wide models (input-output models, general equilibrium models)
    • Integrated assessment models (benefit-cost & detailed process IAMs)

     

    Part V: Climate Change Policy 

    • Mitigation vs. adaptation policy
    • Challenges of IAMs
    • Priorities for economic analyses of climate change policy 

    Course material

    Study materials consists of

    • PowerPoint presentations
    • Course notes
    • Chapters 8, 14, 15, 16, & 17 of the book Perman et al (4th edition) Natural Resource and Environmental Economics
    • Scientific papers

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Climate and Resource Economics (B-KUL-I2I41a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Closed questions, Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part II - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0I43A)

    15 ECTS English 0 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    De Coninck Barbara (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    In order to include this OPO in the ISP, the student must (1) have successfully completed the OPO Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part I in a previous semester, and (2) still acquire a maximum of 72 ECTS in order to obtain the master's degree.

    Order of Enrolment



    SIMULTANEOUS(I0I36A)


    I0I36AI0I36A : Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part I - Semester 1

    Identical courses

    I0W25A: Master's Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Production: Defense
    I0I98A: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part II - Semester 1

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master's Thesis Plant Production Systems: Defense (B-KUL-I0I43a)

    15 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis' topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part II - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I2I43a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Process evaluation

    Explanation

    The final evaluation is done by an examination committee in which, besides promoter(s) and supervisor(s), other members are present that were not directly involved in the research, on the basis of the following three elements:

    1. The work and growth process of the student during the execution of the Master's thesis

    2. The written report (dissertation or thesis)

    3. The oral presentation and defense

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of the text of the Master's thesis

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part II - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0I44A)

    15 ECTS English 0 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Vranken Liesbet (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    In order to include this OPO in the ISP, the student must (1) have successfully completed the OPO Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part I  in a previous semester, and (2) still acquire a maximum of 72 ECTS in order to obtain the master's degree.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    SIMULTANEOUS(I0I37A)


    I0I37AI0I37A : Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part I - Semester 1

    Identical courses

    I0W29A: Master's Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Economics: Defense
    I0J00A: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part II - Semester 1

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part II - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0I44a)

    15 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part II - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I2I44a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Process evaluation

    Explanation

    The final evaluation is done by an examination committee in which, besides promoter(s) and supervisor(s), other members are present that were not directly involved in the research, on the basis of the following three elements:

    1. The work and growth process of the student during the execution of the Master's thesis

    2. The written report (dissertation or thesis)

    3. The oral presentation and defense

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of the text of the Master's thesis

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part II - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0I45A)

    15 ECTS English 0 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Bouillon Steven (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the Master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the Master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the Master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the Master’s programme.

    In order to include this OPO in the ISP, the student must have (1) obtained a Bachelor's degree or have completed a preparatory programme that gives access to the Master's programme in Bioscience Engineering, (2) successfully completed the OPO Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part I in a previous semester, and (3) to acquire a maximum of 72 ECTS in order to obtain the Master's degree.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    SIMULTANEOUS(I0I38A)


    I0I38AI0I38A : Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part I - Semester 1

    Identical courses

    I0J02A: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part II - Semester 1

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part II - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0I45a)

    15 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part II - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I2I45a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Process evaluation

    Explanation

    The final evaluation is done by an examination committee in which, besides promoter(s) and supervisor(s), other members are present that were not directly involved in the research, on the basis of the following three elements:

    1. The work and growth process of the student during the execution of the Master's thesis

    2. The written report (dissertation or thesis)

    3. The oral presentation and defense

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of the text of the Master's thesis

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part II – Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0I46A)

    15 ECTS English 0 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Somers Ben (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    In order to include this OPO in the ISP, the student must (1) have successfully completed the OPO Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part I in a previous semester, and (2) still acquire a maximum of 72 ECTS in order to obtain the master's degree.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    SIMULTANEOUS(I0I39A)


    I0I39AI0I39A : Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part I - Semester 1

    Identical courses

    I0W27A: Master's Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Environment: Defense
    I0J04A: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part II - Semester 1

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part II – Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0I46a)

    15 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part II – Semester 2 (B-KUL-I2I46a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Process evaluation

    Explanation

    The final evaluation is done by an examination committee in which, besides promoter(s) and supervisor(s), other members are present that were not directly involved in the research, on the basis of the following three elements:

    1. The work and growth process of the student during the execution of the Master's thesis

    2. The written report (dissertation or thesis)

    3. The oral presentation and defense

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of the text of the Master's thesis

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part I - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0I97A)

    10 ECTS English 0 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    De Coninck Barbara (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    Identical courses

    I0W24A: Master's Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Production: Research

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part I - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0I97a)

    10 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part I - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I2I97a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Process evaluation

    Explanation

    Continuous assessment

    The student and his/her research work are evaluated throughout the process by the supervisor, who is responsible for the daily monitoring, and by the promoter. The student drafts a research plan of 1-2 pages in the initial stage of the Master's thesis, after he/she has familiarised him/herself with the subject. This plan is adjusted according to the progress made in the project. Furthermore, the student gives at least one interim presentation about the progress of the research and the obtained results, which are subject to formative feedback by the promoter and supervisor. The student keeps an electronic portfolio on Toledo in which the original and adjusted versions of the research plan, the interim presentations and accompanying feedback are kept.

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of intermediate reporting

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

     

    Based on these criteria promoter and supervisor express a ‘pass’ or ‘fail’ evaluation for this course. The overall evaluation of the process, reporting and presentation of the Master’s thesis research project is done in the course Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part II. To this end, the latter course is assigned 30 ECTS. De beoordelingsschaal van dit opleidingsonderdeel is 'geslaagd/niet geslaagd'.

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part II - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0I98A)

    15 ECTS English 0 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    De Coninck Barbara (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    In order to include this OPO in the ISP, the student must (1) have successfully completed the OPO Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part I in a previous semester, and (2) still acquire a maximum of 72 ECTS in order to obtain the master's degree.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    SIMULTANEOUS(I0I97A)


    I0I97AI0I97A : Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part I - Semester 2

    Identical courses

    I0W25A: Master's Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Production: Defense
    I0I43A: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part II - Semester 2

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part II - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0I98a)

    15 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 First termFirst term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis' topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Plant Production Systems: Part II - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I2I98a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Process evaluation

    Explanation

    The final evaluation is done by an examination committee in which, besides promoter(s) and supervisor(s), other members are present that were not directly involved in the research, on the basis of the following three elements:

    1. The work and growth process of the student during the execution of the Master's thesis

    2. The written report (dissertation or thesis)

    3. The oral presentation and defense

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of the text of the Master's thesis

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part I - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0I99A)

    10 ECTS English 0 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Vranken Liesbet (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    Identical courses

    I0W28A: Master's Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Economics: Research

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part I - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0I99a)

    10 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part I - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I2I99a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Process evaluation

    Explanation

    Continuous assessment

    The student and his/her research work are evaluated throughout the process by the supervisor, who is responsible for the daily monitoring, and by the promoter. The student drafts a research plan of 1-2 pages in the initial stage of the Master's thesis, after he/she has familiarised him/herself with the subject. This plan is adjusted according to the progress made in the project. Furthermore, the student gives at least one interim presentation about the progress of the research and the obtained results, which are subject to formative feedback by the promoter and supervisor. The student keeps an electronic portfolio on Toledo in which the original and adjusted versions of the research plan, the interim presentations and accompanying feedback are kept.

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of intermediate reporting

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

     

    Based on these criteria promoter and supervisor express a ‘pass’ or ‘fail’ evaluation for this course. The overall evaluation of the process, reporting and presentation of the Master’s thesis research project is done in the course Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part II. To this end, the latter course is assigned 30 ECTS. De beoordelingsschaal van dit opleidingsonderdeel is 'geslaagd/niet geslaagd'.

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part II - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0J00A)

    15 ECTS English 0 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Vranken Liesbet (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    In order to include this OPO in the ISP, the student must (1) have successfully completed the OPO Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part I in a previous semester, and (2) still acquire a maximum of 72 ECTS in order to obtain the master's degree.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    SIMULTANEOUS(I0I99A)


    I0I99AI0I99A : Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part I - Semester 2

    Identical courses

    I0W29A: Master's Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Economics: Defense
    I0I44A: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part II - Semester 2

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part II - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0J00a)

    15 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 First termFirst term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Agricultural and Resource Economics: Part II - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I2J00a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Process evaluation

    Explanation

    The final evaluation is done by an examination committee in which, besides promoter(s) and supervisor(s), other members are present that were not directly involved in the research, on the basis of the following three elements:

    1. The work and growth process of the student during the execution of the Master's thesis

    2. The written report (dissertation or thesis)

    3. The oral presentation and defense

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of the text of the Master's thesis

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part I - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0J01A)

    10 ECTS English 0 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Somers Ben (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part I - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0J01a)

    10 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part I - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I2J01a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Process evaluation

    Explanation

    Continuous assessment

    The student and his/her research work are evaluated throughout the process by the supervisor, who is responsible for the daily monitoring, and by the promoter. The student drafts a research plan of 1-2 pages in the initial stage of the Master's thesis, after he/she has familiarised him/herself with the subject. This plan is adjusted according to the progress made in the project. Furthermore, the student gives at least one interim presentation about the progress of the research and the obtained results, which are subject to formative feedback by the promoter and supervisor. The student keeps an electronic portfolio on Toledo in which the original and adjusted versions of the research plan, the interim presentations and accompanying feedback are kept.

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of intermediate reporting

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

     

    Based on these criteria promoter and supervisor express a ‘pass’ or ‘fail’ evaluation for this course. The overall evaluation of the process, reporting and presentation of the Master’s thesis research project is done in the course Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part II. To this end, the latter course is assigned 30 ECTS. De beoordelingsschaal van dit opleidingsonderdeel is 'geslaagd/niet geslaagd'.

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part II - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0J02A)

    15 ECTS English 0 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Somers Ben (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    In order to include this OPO in the ISP, the student must (1) have successfully completed the OPO Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part I in a previous semester, and (2) still acquire a maximum of 72 ECTS in order to obtain the master's degree.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    SIMULTANEOUS(I0J01A)


    I0J01AI0J01A : Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part I - Semester 2

    Identical courses

    I0I45A: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part II - Semester 2

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part II - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0J02a)

    15 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 First termFirst term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Soil and Water Systems: Part II - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I2J02a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Report, Process evaluation

    Explanation

    The final evaluation is done by an examination committee in which, besides promoter(s) and supervisor(s), other members are present that were not directly involved in the research, on the basis of the following three elements:

    1. The work and growth process of the student during the execution of the Master's thesis

    2. The written report (dissertation or thesis)

    3. The oral presentation and defense

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of the text of the Master's thesis

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part I - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0J03A)

    10 ECTS English 0 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Somers Ben (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part I - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I0J03a)

    10 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    Research: Experimental and/or theoretical scientific research at Master's level.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part I - Semester 2 (B-KUL-I2J03a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Process evaluation

    Explanation

    Continuous assessment

    The student and his/her research work are evaluated throughout the process by the supervisor, who is responsible for the daily monitoring, and by the promoter. The student drafts a research plan of 1-2 pages in the initial stage of the Master's thesis, after he/she has familiarised him/herself with the subject. This plan is adjusted according to the progress made in the project. Furthermore, the student gives at least one interim presentation about the progress of the research and the obtained results, which are subject to formative feedback by the promoter and supervisor. The student keeps an electronic portfolio on Toledo in which the original and adjusted versions of the research plan, the interim presentations and accompanying feedback are kept.

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of intermediate reporting

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

     

    Based on these criteria promoter and supervisor express a ‘pass’ or ‘fail’ evaluation for this course. The overall evaluation of the process, reporting and presentation of the Master’s thesis research project is done in the course Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part II. To this end, the latter course is assigned 30 ECTS. De beoordelingsschaal van dit opleidingsonderdeel is 'geslaagd/niet geslaagd'.

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part II - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0J04A)

    15 ECTS English 0 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Somers Ben (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    At the end of the master’s thesis research project, and in relation to a complex research problem in the domain of the master’s programme, the student should be able to:

    • Clearly formulate and situate the problem, using the scientific conceptual framework specific to the domain;
    • Formulate a hypothesis representing a new scientific insight or an original approach to the problem;
    • Establish a research or solution strategy;
    • Gather the necessary data with experimental and / or theoretical research to ascertain the validity of the proposed hypothesis or solution;
    • Process the collected data and interpret the results obtained in a scientifically sound manner;
    • Formulate conclusions for this research and frame these in the current scientific state of the art;
    • Report both orally and in writing on all of these scientific activities

    Previous knowledge

    • Thorough scientific knowledge in the domain of the master’s programme
    • Understanding the methodological research approach in the field of the master’s programme.

    In order to include this OPO in the ISP, the student must (1) have successfully completed the OPO Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part I in a previous semester, and (2) still acquire a maximum of 72 ECTS in order to obtain the master's degree.

    Order of Enrolment

    72



    SIMULTANEOUS(I0J03A)


    I0J03AI0J03A : Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part I - Semester 2

    Identical courses

    I0W27A: Master's Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Environment: Defense
    I0I46A: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part II – Semester 2

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part II - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I0J04a)

    15 ECTS : Master's thesis 0 First termFirst term
    N.

    Content

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Format: more information

    In the Master's thesis, the student has to perform a piece of original scientific research on a specific topic, or propose and demonstrate a new solution to a complex practical research statement. The Master's thesis topic is chosen by the student from the set of topics that is announced by the lecturers/researchers at the faculty. The problem that is treated in the Master's thesis is complex and requires that the student creatively uses theoretical and practical knowledge and skills that have been acquired in the other courses, as well as his/her capacity to independently look for new information in scientific literature and to use this to come to a solution.

    The Master's thesis is supervised by a promoter from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Master’s Thesis Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering - Forest, Nature and Landscape Systems: Part II - Semester 1 (B-KUL-I2J04a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Process evaluation

    Explanation

    The final evaluation is done by an examination committee in which, besides promoter(s) and supervisor(s), other members are present that were not directly involved in the research, on the basis of the following three elements:

    1. The work and growth process of the student during the execution of the Master's thesis

    2. The written report (dissertation or thesis)

    3. The oral presentation and defense

     

    The main evaluation criteria are:

    - The student's effort

    - The personal intellectual contribution to the research

    - The originality of the approach and elaboration of the topic of scientific research

    - The quality of the text of the Master's thesis

    - The progress made during the Master's thesis process regarding personal intellectual contribution and quality of reporting

    ECTS Industrial Microbiology and Fermentation Technology (B-KUL-I0J15A)

    5 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    After successful completion of this course, students:

    • know about, have a critical understanding and can evaluate the different microorganisms present in beer fermentations, including spoilage microorganisms.
    • understand the science and technology of the fermentation process, and can explain the different biochemical reactions during beer fermentations, with a focus on yeast-derived flavors.
    • can evaluate and compare different microbes and their applicability for brewing, including a detailed understanding of the required microbial properties in beer fermentations and how specific microbes can affect final beer flavor and stability.
    • can critically analyse and interpret scientific research on microbiology and fermentation
    • can convincingly and professionally communicate both orally and written thoughts, ideas and opinions on microbiology and fermentation-related topics to their peers.

     

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of chemistry, biochemistry, microbiology

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Industrial Microbiology and Fermentation Technology: Interactive Lectures (B-KUL-I0J15a)

    5 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term

    Content

    In a first part, a few basic principles of biochemistry, genetics, microbiology and bioreactors are taught. Emphasis is put on properties of enzymes, design and modeling of reactors, and microbial physiology. This part forms the basis of the course and is an integral part of the study material for the final exam. The next part of the course focuses on different microbes used in industrial fermentations, with a focus on beer fermentations. Specific topics covered in this part include natural biodiversity, spoilage micro-organisms, yeast handling and yeast management as well as yeast quality and biosafety analysis. Particular attention is given to strain selection and improvement. After this part, the course deals with the different steps in and equipment for beer fermentation and maturation, including the different biochemical reactions and off-flavors produced. Common problems encountered in industrial fermentations will also be addressed.

     

    The course also focuses on presentation techniques (both the visual as the oral aspects): in a final, interactive part, students explain individually or in small groups a relevant industrial process where microbes play a central part. Examples of possible topics are diverse fermentation processes used in the preparation of drinks, food or fuels, interactions of yeast with raw materials, yeast collections, …. Other relevant aspects, such as the possibilities of strain improvement and the laws concerned, as well as recent developments concerning prebiotics, probiotics, food additives and food supplements may also be discussed.

    Course material

    - Powerpoint slides and extra information available on Toledo

    - Optional coursebook: Waites, J.W., Morgan, N. L., Rockey J.S. and Higton G. (2006) Industrial Microbiology: An Introduction, Oxford: Blacksciene Science

    Format: more information

    Interactive lectures + making of presentation

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Industrial Microbiology and Fermentation Technology (B-KUL-I2J15a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Presentation, Participation during contact hours, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The evaluation of the OPO ‘Industrial Microbiology and Fermentation Technology’ consists of:

    • a written exam with open questions (40%) during the examination period
    • a presentation outside the examination period (40%)
    • participation during contact hours (20%)

     

     

     

    Information about retaking exams

    The second exam opportunity consists solely of a written exam, that accounts for 100% of the total grade.

    ECTS Crop Production - Plant Propagation (B-KUL-I0J42A)

    6 ECTS English 50 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    N.

    Aims

    After successfully completing the module, the student should be able to:

    • Discuss and make educated propagation choices between clonal versus sexual propagation of plants and how this relates to the meaning of being true-to-type.
    • Explain the steps involved in creating a new cultivar and techniques that could be used to propagate the new cultivar on small scale and/or large scale.
    • Understand the legal aspects of protecting new cultivars, concepts that were deepened during practical presentations by people from the associated industries.
    • Explain the difference between the ontogenetic phases of plants and discuss the importance thereof in plant propagation.
    • Discuss what chimeras are and how they are utilised in plant propagation.
    • Distinguish between the different chimera types and identify their suitability for plant propagation.
    • Explain the various grafting techniques and how grafting works on an anatomical basis.
    • Discuss the origin of genetic variability and how this can be controlled during seed propagation.
    • Devise a propagation strategy for plants where the propagation methodology is non-existent or only poorly developed.
       

    Completing the project on your virtual nursery should enable you to:

    • Feel more at ease with use of computers and online spaces as a means of project creation.
    • Logical scripting and creation of movie script.
    • Have a thorough understanding of the practical considerations when setting up a propagation nursery. For example, how practical aspects, like propagation medium, propagation environment, for example influence the success of propagation. ​

     

    ~ All information in this ECTS sheet is based on the information provided by our partner institution. Minor changes to the content might occur ~

    ~ This course is the same as SUN 214 (16) ~

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge on plant biology and production

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Crop Production - Plant Propagation (B-KUL-I0J42a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 50 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    1. Module section: Introduction to basic principles of plant propagation

    Introduction

    • Why do we propagate?
    • Cultivar v. species.
    • Legal protection of cultivars.
       

    Basic Biology of plant propagation

    • Life cycles – chronological v. ontogenetic age.
    • Significance of ontogenetic phases of development (juvenile v. adult phase).
    • Managing phases for clonal propagation.
    • Implications of sexual v. clonal propagation (DNA recombination).
    • Origin of genetic variation and the concept of true-to-type.
       

    2. Module Section: Principles of clonal propagation (asexual propagation)

    Principles of cloning and clonal selections

    • What is a clone – definitions & implications?
    • Advantages & disadvantages of cloning.
    • How to get a new clonal cultivar (mutation, seedling selection, biotechnology etc.) – creation of a new clonal cultivar.
    • Are all clones identical – phenotypic variations within clones?
    • Chimeras – how do they develop, industry importance and chimeral reversion.
       

    3. Module Section: Methods of clonal propagation

    Cuttings 

    • Types of cutting – stem, leaf root (differences and potential).
    • Stem cuttings - Principles of adventitious root (common to all cutting types) – detail on adventitious roots formation.
    • Preformed versus de novo root formation.
    • Leaf cutting - Wound induced or primary meristems.
    • Root cuttings.
    • Managing adventitious root and shoot formation.
    • Environmental manipulation of cuttings.
       

    Grafting 

    • Principles of budding and grafting.
    • Terminology of grafting.
    • Reasons for grafting and budding.
    • The use of clonal and seedling rootstocks.
    • Formation of the graft union.
    • T- and chip budding.
    • Grafting success and failure – incompatibility and signs thereof.
    • Creating an apple tree (nursery example).
       

    Layering

    • Principles of layering.
    • Why layering is so sucessful?
    • Types of layering techniques.
       

    4. Module Section: Seed propagation

    Seed structure and seed types in terms of differences in maturation and development

    • General seed structure.
    • Difference between viviparous seeds, recalcitrant and orthodox seeds.
    • Stages of seed germination.
    • Apomixis (basic).
       

    How and why seed propagation can be used to propagate cultivars?

    • Cultivar characteristics must be maintained in during propagation.
    • How are genotypes fixed and maintained via seeds?
    • How do we control genetic variation during seed propagation?
       

    Seed germination and seed dormancy

    • The germination processes.
    • Seed dormancy – the different types and how to break them.
       

    5. Module Section: Propagation by specialized stems and roots

    Seed structure and seed types in terms of differences in maturation and development

    • Introducing the geophytes.
    • Propagation methods: separation & division.
    • General introduction to corm and tuber morphology.
    • General concepts of bulb propagation.
       

    6. Module Section: Propagation by specialized stems and roots

    • Introduction to propagation using tissue culture.

    Format: more information

    Bedrijfsbezoek; laboratoriumsessie; projectwerk 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Crop Production - Plant Propagation (B-KUL-I2J42a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The mode of assessment is flexible, which implies that there will be no final exam but instead the final module mark is calculated from the individual assessments conducted throughout the module:

    Final mark = Test 1 (35%) + Test 2 (35%) + Cmap (10%) + Virtual Nursery Project 20%

    ECTS Microbial Processes for the Bio-based Circular Economy (B-KUL-I0J53A)

    4 ECTS English 38 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    The aim of this course is to provide students insights, and develop critical thinking concerning microbial processes for integrated valorization of waste- and side streams in the bio-based circular economy. This course will focus on microbial processes that rely on mixed microbial communities in which technological, operational, microbiological, but also economical aspects will be considered. The students will be challenged to critically evaluate the applicability of novel technologies, and will obtain knowledge on how to optimize or reconsider existing technologies.

    After this course, the students will:

    • Have obtained knowledge and insights into established microbial processes with applications at the full scale level and novel technologies in a developmental stage;
    • Be able to critically evaluate and select appropriate microbial processes for specific challenges and waste or side streams;
    • Have obtained knowledge concerning key microbial actors in the different microbial processes, as well as critical operational parameters to achieve stable process operation and product outcomes.

    In general, this course will focus on the recovery of resources, which includes energy, organics and nutrients, but also the production of high-value products from recovered resources through microbial processes. This course does not focus on pure culture processes, but wants to provide insights into how mixed microbial communities can be used in engineered processes.

    Previous knowledge

    A basic knowledge of mathematics, chemistry, applied thermodynamics, microbiology, and bioreactor engineering.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Microbial Processes for the Bio-based Circular Economy: Lectures (B-KUL-I0J53a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term

    Content

    Topics covered in the course are:

    • Anaerobic digestion: both operational aspects and microbial actors will be considered, as well as biochemical methane potential (BMP) and specific methanogenic activity (SMA) test design and data interpretation;
    • Biogas upgrading; both in situ and ex situ biogas upgrading techniques to biomethane with gas grid quality will be included;
    • Fermentation for carboxylates (volatile fatty acids) production from organic waste streams, including downstream processing and valorisation;
    • Composting;
    • Biopolymers production from organic wastewaters;
    • Nutrient recovery technologies;
    • Sulfur management and recovery: from liquid and gaseous streams;
    • Trace elements recovery, bioleaching/biometallurgy;
    • Microalgae for the production of biomass for energy recovery, lipids, vitamins and other valuable products through photobioreactors and open pond systems;
    • Microbial protein production as third generation protein for food and feed applications;
    • Bio-electrochemical systems, both in microbial fuel cell (MFC) mode for electricity production and microbial electrolysis cell (MEC) mode for (in)organics production and conversion.

    Course material

    Handouts of the slides

    Microbial Processes for the Bio-based Circular Economy: Assignment (B-KUL-I0J54a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 12 First termFirst term

    Content

    Students will be divided into groups of 3 students. Each group can choose a research paper covering topics from different chapters seen during the lectures. Each group will make a critical evaluation of the microbial technology in which they are expected to evaluate technological and economical feasibility and circularity aspects. In addition to this critical evaluation, the students are expected to use the information in the research paper to either design a novel process, make calculations concerning the treatment of a specific waste stream and/or highlight additional research questions. This report should comprise maximum 5 pages.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Microbial Processes for the Bio-based Circular Economy (B-KUL-I2J53a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Report
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The evaluation consists out of two parts:

      1. The evaluation of the students’ report (5 points out of 20);

      2. A written exam during the examination period (15 points out of 20, closed book), which will consist of general questions across the different topics (10 points out of 20, closed book) and calculation exercises (5 points out of 20, closed book)

    The report is mandatory. Late submission must be reported to the lecturer as soon as possible and no later than before the designated submission date. Additionally, students must provide a valid proof for the lateness. In the case of justified lateness, students must submit the make-up assignment as communicated by the teacher. Students who fail to report their lateness (timely) or fail to provide a valid proof or fail to comply with the make-up modalities will be excluded from the examination . The respective OLA and OPO will be considered as "not completed" (NA)

    Information about retaking exams

    There is no possibility for retaking the 'Assignment' OLA (I0J54a). The result obtained for the OLA at the initial examination period will be carried over to the third examination period. If students opt out for contributing to the report without a valid reason (doctor's certificate, or approval by the course responsible for any other reason), the student will receive no points for the report and 2 points are subtracted from the score on the written exam retake.

    ECTS The Science of Nutrition and Health (B-KUL-I0J62A)

    4 ECTS English 23 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    • Insight in the central research questions on the role of nutrition and lifestyle factors in health and (chronic) disease
    • Insight in the complexity of the relationship between nutrition and health
    • Insight in the impact of the microbiota on human health
    • Insight in the methods  and the limitations of different research models on nutrition and health
    • To be able to critically judge nutrition-related health myths or facts

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of these topics is required in order to start this course:

    • Organic chemistry (Bachelor's level). 

    Knowledge of these topics is an advantage:

    • Food science and nutrition 

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    The Science of Nutrition and Health (B-KUL-I0J62a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 23 Second termSecond term

    Content

    This course studies the role of nutrition as one of the determinants of health and disease. Attention is given at the interaction between diet-microbiota-health. The different research models (epidemiological, in vitro, animal models) are described and evaluated concerning advantages and disadvantages, including the risk of extrapolation to the average human.

    Students will learn to critically analyze statements on nutrition and health published in vulgarizing books, to unravel the correctness of these statements.

    Course material

    Powerpoint slides

    Format: more information

    Blended learning

    20 hours of lectures are given.

    The students themselves search for current nutrition and health claims that are substantiated on the basis of literature. Interactions with the teacher and fellow students are planned to further analyze the claims and deliver a critical evaluation of the claims.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: The Science of Nutrition and Health (B-KUL-I2J62a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Paper/Project, Presentation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    • Partial assessment: written assessment on the analysis of specific current dietary facts or myths with oral presentation: 30% of final quotation.
    • Final exam during examination period: Oral exam (theoretical part): 70% of the final quotation.

    Completion of the written assessment and oral presentation is mandatory. Not fulfilling these obligations (except for very serious reasons),  will result in a score of “NA” (not attended) for the entire course unit. The results of the partial assessment (30%) can be transferred to the third exam period.

    Information about retaking exams

     

    During the second examination period, the 30% of the evaluation of the report on dietary facts or myths can be re-evaluated after improvement of the report without additional oral defense on this part. For the theoretical part (70%); there is a retake of the oral exam.

    ECTS Agricultural Water Management (B-KUL-I0J63A)

    5 ECTS English 39 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Diels Jan (coordinator) |  Diels Jan |  Gobin Anne |  Janssens Pieter |  Wyseure Guido

    Aims

    Agricultural water management is essential to climate adaptation by ensuring efficient water allocation and optimal water use. This course unit offers students a comprehensive introduction to the water balance of cropped fields and the technology to manage this balance. The student gains insights and skills necessary for calculating crop water needs and the amount of water to apply depending on the irrigation method used. The course also highlights the major drainage practices, derives key drainage equations and touches upon the choice and installation of drainage systems. Finally, we discuss the options of adaptive drainage systems as a solution to buffer more water in drained agricultural fields.

    Students should not take this course unit when they also have the course unit Gewasgroeimonitoring en -modellering (B-KUL-I0J24A) in their ISP: there is too much overlap between both courses although there are important differences too.

    The theoretical part is covered using the flipped-classroom approach: During pre-class sessions, students have to prepare each of the in-class sessions by completing an online module (on Toledo) offering presentations with voice-over, selected chapters in the course handbook and a minor pre-class assignment. The sessions in class are used to discuss more advanced aspects and address questions from the students.

    During the practical exercises in class, students receive training in the calculations needed to know how much to irrigate and when, and in the use of the software packages that are useful for designing irrigation schemes and to examine how efficient irrigation methods are in the field. Students learn to estimate drainage criteria and optimal distance between the drains.

    Through several assignments, students execute practical examples (calculations) in more detail and are trained in scientific reporting.

    The course unit is completed with a half-day excursion to (a) farmer(s) and/or an experimental station where irrigation is used.

    Upon successful completion of the course, a student can:

    • estimate crop water requirements
    • optimise irrigation water requirements at the level of a field or an entire irrigation perimeter
    • discuss the advantages and disadvantages of different irrigation methods
    • plan and evaluate the water supply for irrigation projects
    • calculate and evaluate a drainage system
    • discuss the advantages and disadvantages of different drainage methods
    • understand the possibilities of adaptive drainage

    Previous knowledge

    Students are supposed to have basic knowledge and skills in mathematics, physics, soil science, crop production and plant physiology

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Agricultural Water Management - Lectures: Theory and Methods (B-KUL-I0J63a)

    2.5 ECTS : Lecture 13 Second termSecond term

    Content

    • Importance of water management for agriculture and nature conservation
    • Irrigation game ‘Water Matters’
    • Computation of the crop water requirements
    • Concepts for understanding soil water dynamics: water potential, water retention, hydraulic conductivity, Darcy-Buckingham, capillary rise
    • Computation of the net and gross irrigation requirement;
    • Estimation of field and scheme water requirements.
    • Crop water requirements and gains of water by rainfall and capillary rise; Leaching requirement to prevent soil salinity
    • Distribution, application and project efficiency in irrigation schemes.
    • Irrigation scheduling when the water supply is not limiting and under conditions of water scarcity (e.g. deficit irrigation);
    • Performance criteria for irrigation methods: efficiency, uniformity and adequacy.
    • Surface irrigation: operation of furrow and rice basins, estimation of advance time and needed infiltration time for furrow irrigation.
    • Sprinkler irrigation: different types and operation of sprinkler systems and estimation of wind drift losses, uniformity, impact of nozzle size and pressure on distribution of water.
    • Drip irrigation: operation, components of the drip system and estimation of the wet bulb.
    • Short introduction to water distribution for irrigation by surface and pressurized systems.
    • Stationary and non-stationary design formulas for drainage. Drainage criteria for agriculture. Technical feasibility of water flow as a function of the soil. Implementation of water table management (subsurface) by canals and drains. Mole and superficial drainage for heavy textured soils.
    • Controlled drainage

     

    Extra modules are foreseen to allow students to remediate gaps in knowledge at the start:

    • For students who did not take ‘Klimatologie’ or another course in which reference evapotranspiration (ETo) and frequency analysis of rainfall was covered, there are modules on these aspects.

    Course material

    - Course slides

    - Course text

    - Online modules to acquire (practical and theoretical) knowledge about agricultural water management

    Format: more information

    Business game - Flipped classroom - Individual assignment - MOOC

    Students follow in-class sessions that consist mainly of discussions on theoretical aspects and methods of agricultural water management.

    During pre-class sessions, students have to prepare each of the in-class sessions by completing an online module (on Toledo) offering presentations with voice-over, selected chapters in the course handbooks and a minor pre-class assignment.

    Agricultural Water Management - Workshops: Exercises, Assignments and Excursion (B-KUL-I0J64a)

    2.5 ECTS : Practical 26 Second termSecond term

    Content

    The practical exercises in class aim at training the students in:

    • computation of the crop water requirements, and the net and gross irrigation requirement, including the special case of paddy rice and the calculation of the leaching requirement to prevent soil salinity.
    • calculation of the soil water balance and the scheduling of irrigation (including deficit irrigation).
    • calculations that help to improve the efficiencies of the irrigation methods: wind drift for sprinkler, wetted area and wet bulb for drip and the time-distance graph for furrow irrigation, irrigation uniformity, and application and distribution efficiencies
    • use of the FAO water productivity model AquaCrop
    • design and manage agricultural drainage


    Assignment:
    The homework consists of several small assignments (irrigation requirements, irrigation scheduling, drainage systems) and the writing of a short scientific report describing the method, discussing the results and formulating conclusions for each assignment. 

    Excursion:
    Irrigation methods and equipment are illustrated during a half-day excursion to a farmer and/or an experimental station where irrigation is used.

    Course material

    - Course text and exercises

    - Online modules on AquaCrop

    Format: more information

    Company visit - Computer session - Individual assignment - Practice session

    Students learn how to do the necessary calculations needed for irrigation and drainage, including (an introduction to) the use of the FAO water productivity model AquaCrop. This is complemented with an excursion at the end of the semester and with individual assignments on irrigation and drainage problems.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Agricultural Water Management (B-KUL-I2J63a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Report, Process evaluation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : List of formulas, Calculator, Course material

    Explanation

    Quotation on written exam consisting of sample problems (open book) (30% of weight) and questions about the theory (closed book) (40% of weight), and on an assessment of homework (reports to be submitted beforehand by Toledo) (30% of weight).

    Submission of the individual tasks is mandatory and no final examination is allowed without submission of the tasks. The course will hence be considered as "not completed" (NA) in the next examination period.

    Information about retaking exams

    Assignments (reports) do not need to be repeated or re-submitted for the second exam opportunity unless a student wants to improve a report knowing it was not up to standard.

    ECTS Agrobiodiversity (B-KUL-I0K07A)

    4 ECTS English 42 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    Learn about:

    • the importance of biodiversity in agriculture
    • agrobiodiversity’s contribution to the sustainability and resilience of food systems

    Previous knowledge

    Basic training in biology and/or ecology

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Agrobiodiversity (B-KUL-I0K07a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 42 First termFirst term

    Content

    This course will combine lectures, group work by students and field trips.

    The content covered during lectures is shown below and grouped according to general topics:

    Diversity for food and agriculture

    • Definition of agrobiodiversity
    • Processes shaping agrobiodiversity
    • Status and trends of agrobiodiversity
    • Conservation of agrobiodiversity

    Agrobiodiversity products and services

    • Agrobiodiversity and livelihoods
    • Food and nutrition systems
    • Traditional knowledge
    • Environmental services

    Agrobiodiversity in a global context

    • Global change and agrobiodiversity
    • Impact of climate change on agrobiodiversity
    • Policies for agrobiodiversity conservation and use
    • Institutional aspects of managing agrobiodiversity

    Sustainable management of agrobiodiversity

    • Farmers’ seed systems and participatory breeding
    • On-farm conservation and management of agrobiodiversity
    • Value chains of neglected and underutilized species

    The group work by students will revolve around the role of neglected and underutilized crops in fostering bio-economies. It will be organized as a hackathon during which students will need to identify solutions to current challenges farmers face in their use of neglected and underutilized crops, such as lack of genomics and breeding resources or inexisting opportunities for entrepreneurship. The solutions will be shared during oral presentations and in a short report. Peer assessment will allow to evaluate the contribution and participation of each student to the group work.

    Students will also have the opportunity to go on field trips. For example at the Praktijkpunt Landbouw Vlaams-Brabant, students will learn about field trials to select new, climate resilient crops (e.g. quinoa) that could be grown in Belgium.

    Course material

    • Lecture slides
    • Selected articles

    Format: more information

    Group assignment - Presentation - Traditional lecture

    All parts of the evaluation are mandatory. A student who does not participate in the field trip and/or the group assignment and presentation (except for valid reasons timely communicated to the coordinator of the course) will be excluded from the exam and the retake. The course will then be considered not taken (NA).

    Students who cannot attend the field trip for valid reasons should work out an alternative assignment (short essay).

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Agrobiodiversity (B-KUL-I2K07a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Report, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment
    Type of questions : Open questions

    Explanation

    Exam = 60%

    Presentation = 20% 

    Report = 20%

    Since the presentation and report will be completed as a group, the grade for each person for the presentation and report will be a combination of grading by the professor and peer grading by other group members. 

    All parts of the evaluation are mandatory. A student who does not participate in the group assignment and presentation (except for valid reasons timely communicated to the coordinator of the course) will be excluded from the exam and the retake. The course will then be considered not taken (NA).

    Information about retaking exams

    The score of the report and group presentation will be transferred to the second exam opportunity.

    ECTS Plant Nutrition and Soil Fertility Management (B-KUL-I0K15A)

    5 ECTS English 38 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    This course is intended to teach concepts of plant nutrition and to show their practical applications in soil fertility management. Upon completion of this course, students should (i) be familiar with the function, as well as the uptake and assimilation processes of plant nutrients, (ii) understand the concept of nutrient availability in soils, and (iii) understand the need for the application of organic/inorganic fertilizers and lime, their working mechanism in soil, and their responsible use in crop production via soil analysis.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of chemistry, plant physiology, and soil science

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Plant Nutrition and Soil Fertility Management: Lectures (B-KUL-I0K15a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term

    Content

    The lectures on Plant Nutrition & Soil fertility Management link the fundamental insights of nutrition of higher plants with the knowledge of how these plant nutrition requirements can be achieved in crop production systems in a responsible way. Plant nutrition describes the function and assimilation of essential and beneficial nutrients by plants, as well as the interaction between these elements. We look in detail into the nutrient uptake processes at the membrane level, which can be described via thermodynamic and kinetic models. The concepts of deficiency, luxury consumption, and toxicity are presented, and students learn to diagnose deficiencies and provide solutions. As such, also the concept of bioavailability of nutrients in soil is introduced, which can be considered the basis for soil fertility management. This part delves into the key nutrient cycles within soil, and offers insights into how agricultural crops rely on these cycles. The characteristics of various synthetic and organic fertilizers (and liming materials) are described. The fertilizer-soil interactions are described, both from a physicochemical and biological perspective. As such, we explore the reasons behind inefficiencies in delivering nutrients to plants and suggest strategies to optimize nutrient use efficiencies, reduce the environmental impact of fertilizers, and contribute to preserving soil health.

    Plant Nutrition and Soil Fertility Management: Exercises (B-KUL-I0K16a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 12 Second termSecond term

    Content

    The exercise sessions on Plant Nutrition & Soil fertility Management aim to apply the concepts from the lectures. The sessions include exercises on nutrient uptake processes, nutrient availability tests, and calculations on organic/inorganic fertilizer and liming requirements.

    Format: more information

    Practice session

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Plant Nutrition and Soil Fertility Management (B-KUL-I2K15a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral
    Type of questions : Closed questions
    Learning material : List of formulas, Calculator

    ECTS Geographic Information Systems and Digital Terrain Modelling (B-KUL-I0N62A)

    4 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    Lectures

    - Acquire knowledge about the evolution and current state of (i) GIS as a class of information systems, (ii) GIS as an environnment for modelling and analysing geographic reality, (iii) GI-science and (iv) GI-technology

    Practical

    - Acquire hands-on skills in working with one GIS-software package by means of a tutorial, apply those skills in a number of pertinent case studies related to terrestrial systems and report in writing about these cases

     

    Previous knowledge

    • Affinity for geographic reality and maps
    • Basic knowledge of information and communication technology
    • Operational in PC-use (WINDOWS operating system, text processor, spreadsheet)

    Identical courses

    I0W40A: Geografische informatiesystemen

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Terrain Modelling, Spatial Interpolation and Error Propagation in GIS (B-KUL-G0M86a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 8 First termFirst term

    Content

    This LA introduces the use of digital terrain models and spatial interpolation techniques in a  GI (Geographic Information)-environment


    I. Digitale terrain models (DTMs)
    - data models for  DTMs
    - creation of a DTM
    - applications DTM's: profiles, blok diagrams, viewshed analysis, calculation of morphometric variables
    II. Interpolation and classification
    - Interpolation using crisp borders
    - Trend surfaces
    - Local methods: linear interpolation, splines, moving averages, Kriging
    III. Errors and error propagation
    - "Evident" sources of error
    - Errors in the original data or due to natural variations
    - Errors associated with data manipulation: overlays of vector- and raster layers
    - Dealing with data uncertainty: use of fuzzy sets and Monte Carlo simulations

    Course material

    Slides and course texts

    Language of instruction: more information

    This Learning Activity is taught in English

    Format: more information

    Lectures are interactive, where theory and small exercises are combined

    Is also included in other courses

    G0P10A : Geographic Information Systems

    Spatial Data Modelling and GIS (B-KUL-I0D96a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 10 First termFirst term

    Content

    • Geographic reality, GIS as an information system, GIS as a technology
    • Modelling of geographic reality: Data models for spatial entities
    • Geographic reference systems
    • Basics of GNSS with emphasis on GPS
    • Viewing and mappping with GIS
    • Analogue to digital conversion

    Course material

     

     

    Is also included in other courses

    G0P10A : Geographic Information Systems

    Functionality of Geospatial Technology (B-KUL-I0D97a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 8 First termFirst term

    Content

    • Structuring of geodatasets
    • Coordinate transformations
    • Analysis of vector- and raster-geodatasets
    • Space-Time modelling

    Is also included in other courses

    G0P10A : Geographic Information Systems

    Practical GIS (B-KUL-I0I49a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term

    Content

    Case studies of spatial analysis that have either been worked out in advance or will be worked out by the students. Students can independently perform simple analyzes and acquire the necessary skills to solve spatial problems from low to medium complexity.

    Course material

    • General GIS software (free / open source or paying / closed source)

    • Practice material (extensive exercises, manual software)

    • Datasets for case studies

    Is also included in other courses

    G0P10A : Geographic Information Systems

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Geographic Information Systems and Digital Terrain Modelling (B-KUL-I2N62a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Report, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    For the written examination of OLA I0D96a, I0D97a and G0M86a, only the use of a calculator is allowed. This written examination accounts for 3/4 of the total score.

    The assignments submitted for OLA I0I49a account for 1/4 of the total score. Submission of the assignments in line with the prescribed time schedule (Toledo) is compulsory for taking part in the written exam.

     

     
     

    Information about retaking exams

    A student is exempted from retaking assignments if he/she obtained at least 10/20 for OLA I0I49a in the first exam session.

     

    ECTS Milieutechnische microbiologie (B-KUL-I0N96A)

    5 studiepunten Nederlands 48 Eerste semesterEerste semester Uitgesloten voor examencontract

    Doelstellingen

    De student verwerft inzicht in de microbiologie en de microbiële processen van biotechnologische systemen, toegepast in milieutechnologie.

    De student leert  

    - de biochemische mechanismen betrokken in polluentverwijdering onderscheiden,

    - de fylogenie van de desbetreffende organismen begrijpen,

    - een keuze maken uit systemen om de desbetreffende organismen en processen op te volgen,

    - een keuze maken uit biotechnologische behandelingsmethoden van verontreinigde bodem, water en lucht en afvalverwerking,

    - een schriftelijk rapport maken van een praktische oefening gerelateerd aan milieubiotechnologie.

     

    Begintermen

    Basiskennis microbiologie en biochemie.

    Plaats in het onderwijsaanbod

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Milieutechnische microbiologie: hoorcollege (B-KUL-I0N96a)

    4 studiepunten : College 28 Eerste semesterEerste semester

    Inhoud

    Het vak omvat vier delen.

    In een eerste deel wordt aandacht besteed aan de polluenten zelf, aan hun gedrag wat betreft verspreiding in het leefmilieu, aan de omgevingsfactoren die hun verspreiding beïnvloeden en aan de weerslag daarvan op de mogelijke toepassing van biologische systemen voor de verwijdering van de polluenten uit dat milieu. Daarnaast wordt aandacht gegeven aan algemeen gebruikte termen in leefmilieubiotechnologie.

    Een tweede gedeelte behandelt de verschillende mechanismen en processen die micro-organismen gebruiken in het omgaan met verontreinigingen zoals de microbiële afbraakwegen van organische polluenten (zowel in aërobe als anaërobe omstandigheden), microbiële resistentiemechanismen tegen zware metalen, verwijderingsmechanismen van zware metalen, processen die worden gebruikt voor nutrient (stikstof en fosfaat) verwijdering en processen voor de verwerking van organische afval tot nuttige producten. Dit wordt procesmatig maar ook op biochemisch en genetisch vlak bekeken. 

    Deel drie voorziet de toepassing van de kennis in delen 1 en 2 in de biologische behandeling van gecontamineerde bodems (ex situ en in situ), van afvalwater en van afvalverwerking.

    Een vierde deel spitst zich toe op de methodes om milieubiotechnologische activiteiten en het gedrag van organismen in het verontreinigd biotoop op te volgen. Daaronder vallen methodes voor de detectie van de polluent, de detectie van mogelijke afbraakprodukten, isotoopanalyse, en microbiële en moleculaire methodes die zich rechtstreeks richten naar de microbiologie.

     

    Studiemateriaal

    Slides beschikbaar via Toledo.

    Toelichting werkvorm

    Interactief hoorcollege.

    Milieutechnische microbiologie: practicum (B-KUL-I0N97a)

    1 studiepunten : Practicum 20 Eerste semesterEerste semester

    Inhoud

    De studenten testen in het labo de pesticideresidubiodegradatiecapaciteit van zandfilters die gebruikt worden in systemen voor productie van drinkwater uit grondwater. De biologische afbraak van twee verschillende pesticideresidus wordt onderzocht waarbij UPLC-UV-VIS wordt gebruikt om de pesticideresiduconcentraties te meten. Daarnaast worden gerichte moleculaire technieken zoals PCR toegepast om genfuncties betrokken in de bioafbraak te detecteren. Verschillende zandfilters afkomstig van verschillende drinkwaterproductiesystemen worden met elkaar vergeleken. De stalen zijn afkomstig van operationele drinkwatrproductiesystemen aangeleverd door De Watergroep.    

    Studiemateriaal

    Practicumhandleiding beschikbaar via Toledo.

    Toelichting werkvorm

    Het practicum gebeurt in groepsverband (groepen van 3-4 studenten). Elke groep heeft een begeleider (PhD student of post-doc behorende tot de afdeling). In een introductiesessie wordt een overzicht gegeven van het practicum door de practicumverantwoordelijke van de organiserende afdeling en worden de verwachtingen naar de studenten verduidelijkt. De studenten beschikken via Toledo ook over een gedetailleerde practicumhandleiding die zowel achtergrondinformatie bevat over het behandelde thema als praktische informatie. De handleiding wordt verwacht doorgenomen te zijn voor de inleidende sessie. Het practicum verloopt over verschillende halve dagen. Het practicum leidt tot een verslag waarin kinetieken van afbraak worden besproken en een interpretatie gebeurt van de resultaten. De resultaten worden na het practicum in een on line sessie met de docent besproken. Dit gebeurt voor het indienen van het verslag. De studenten worden wel verwacht de resultaten steeds op te volgen en hun eigen interpretatie naar voren te brengen.

    De bedoeling van het practicumproject is dat de studenten in contact komen met een experimentele setup die de bioafbreekbaarheid van organische polluenten onderzoekt. Zij leren hoe dergelijke testen worden opgesteld (met inbegrip van geschikte controles) en opgevolgd. Zij komen daarbij in contact met verschillende reeds gekende monitoringstechnieken maar leren hoe deze worden toegepast bij deze specifieke toepassing. Zij werken in groep waarbij verschillende taken tegelijkertijd worden uitgevoerd en waarbij de groep zich moet organiseren. Zij leren hoe de resultaten moeten worden weergegeven en geïnterpreteerd op basis van literatuur. Bovendien wordt er in het practicum ook gewerkt rond een wetenschappelijke vraag in verband met adaptatie van de microbiële bodemgemeenschap naar afbraak van een polluent toe en leren de studenten hiermee omgaan.

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluatie: Milieutechnische microbiologie (B-KUL-I2N96a)

    Type : Partiële of permanente evaluatie met examen tijdens de examenperiode
    Evaluatievorm : Mondeling, Schriftelijk, Verslag, Self assessment/Peer assessment, Medewerking tijdens contactmomenten
    Vraagvormen : Open vragen
    Leermateriaal : Geen

    Toelichting

    Practicum (4/20) en afsluitend examen (16/20). De student is geslaagd voor het examen indien de totaliteit van de punten ≥ 10/20 is. De punten van het practicum kunnen overgedragen worden naar het volgend academiejaar met vrijstelling van het practicum indien de score ≥ 2/4 is. Vóór de ISP-deadline van semester 1 van het volgende academiejaar richt de student hiertoe zijn vraag per e-mail aan de verantwoordelijke docent.

    Alle labosessies zijn verplicht.

    Een afwezigheid moet zo snel mogelijk en uiterlijk vóór de start van de sessie gemeld worden aan de lesgever. Bovendien moeten studenten hun niet-deelname verantwoorden aan de hand van een geldig bewijsstuk. Gewettigd afwezige studenten kunnen eventueel, in samenspraak met de docent, de gemiste sessie inhalen op een andere dag indien die mogelijkheid zich biedt. Studenten die niet (tijdig) hun afwezigheid melden of niet (tijdig) een geldig attest bezorgen, worden uitgesloten voor het eindexamen van het opleidingsonderdeel (OPO) in alle examenperiodes van het betreffende academiejaar. Het betreffende OLA en OPO worden in alle examenperiodes van dat academiejaar als "niet-afgelegd" (NA) beschouwd.

    Eigenlijk examen.

    Tijdens het examen worden er vier vraagstellingen opgegeven.

    • 2 schriftelijk
    • 2 mondeling met schriftelijke voorbereiding waaronder één vraag die de bespreking behandelt van een opgegeven artikel. Het artikel mag (ongeschreven) geraadpleegd worden tijdens het examen. 

    Toelichting bij herkansen

    Tijdens de herkansing is de modaliteit van het afrondend examen identiek. Voor het practicum is echter geen tweede examenkans voorzien; het resultaat hiervoor uit de eerste examenperiode wordt meegenomen naar de tweede examenkans. 

     

    ECTS Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis (B-KUL-I0P16B)

    5 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Aerts Jan (coordinator) |  Aerts Jan |  Saeys Wouter

    Aims

    Present the concepts and methods of multivariate analysis, emphasizing the applications and attempting to make the mathematics as palatable as possible.
     
    The student is expected to:
    - Apply linear algebra in variance, covariance and correlation structures and understand geometrical equivalents of basic multivariate reasoning
    - Understand properties and applications of the Multivariate Normal distribution
    - Carry out inference about multivariate means
    - Understand and apply basic ordination, discrimination and classification methodologies: Principal Components Analysis, Factor Analysis, Discriminant Analysis and Cluster Analysis
    - Be able to apply these methods on real datasets
    - Make use of existing software packages to solve problems in Multivariate Analysis

    Previous knowledge

    Calculus, Linear algebra, introductory statistics, linear models.

     

     

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis (B-KUL-I0P16a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term

    Content

    Introduction: overview of different Multivariate Analysis concepts and methodologies, review of  linear algebra, the Multivariate Normal distribution, sample geometry, centering and scaling, exploratory versus confirmatory analysis, geometric equivalences in multivariate analysis, multivariate data visualisation.
     
    The core of the course consists of two major parts:
    1. Ordination methods or the analysis of covariance structures

    • Principal Components Analysis, simple Correspondence Analysis
    • Factor Analysis
    • Biplotting
    • Partial Least Squares
    • Multidimensional Scaling

     
    2. Parametric and non-parametric classification methods

    • Hierarchical and non-hierarchical Cluster Analysis, one-dimensional projection pursuit fo clustering data
    • Discriminant analysis, Tree Based Models, logistic regression

    Course material

    Slides, knowledge clips

    Format: more information

    Live or online blended, with knowledge clips

    Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis: Practical Exercises (B-KUL-I0P17a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term

    Content

    R demo-programs of all multivariate methodologies of the lectures. Discussion and R-analysis of real-world data science problems. Take-home problems. Paper development, including problem and data description,  data management, R-programming and analysis, interpretation, conclusion.  

     

    Course material

    R-programs, take-home problems, datasets, knowledge clips.

    Format: more information

    Live or online blended with knowledge clips

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis (B-KUL-I2P16b)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    Examination (open book):

    • 4 questions 
    • 1 question about the paper

    The paper counts for 1/4 of the final score for the course.

    Information about retaking exams

    Students who did not obtain a sufficient score for the paper, need to retake the paper during the third examination period.

    In case students obtained a sufficient score for the paper in the first examination period, this score will be maintained in the third examination period.

    ECTS Microbiologie van de levensmiddelen (B-KUL-I0P42A)

    6 studiepunten Nederlands 52 Tweede semesterTweede semester Uitgesloten voor examencontract

    Doelstellingen

    De student verwerft inzicht en analysevermogen in de problematiek van microbiële stabiliteit en veiligheid doorheen de ganse productieketen van levensmiddelen. De student kan de opgedane kennis toepassen op concrete situaties, zoals bijvoorbeeld het analyseren van de microbiële veiligheid van levensmiddelen en de analyse en het ontwerp van industriële productieprocessen met betrekking tot microbiële problematiek.

    Specifiek voor het practicum:

    - Aanleren van een aantal opsporings- en identificatiemethodes voor micro-organismen in voedingsmiddelen.
    - Illustreren van een aantal ecologische principes die het gedrag van micro-organismen in levensmiddelen bepalen
    - In team opdrachten uitvoeren en er over rapporteren

    Begintermen

    Om dit opleidingsonderdeel te volgen, heeft de student een basiskennis nodig van chemie, biochemie en (micro)biologie.

    Plaats in het onderwijsaanbod

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Microbiologie van de levensmiddelen (B-KUL-I0P42a)

    4 studiepunten : College 26 Tweede semesterTweede semester

    Inhoud

    In een eerste deel van het hoorcollege worden systematisch de belangrijkste bederf- en ziekteverwekkende micro-organismen besproken die van belang zijn in levensmiddelen: de niet-sporulerende en sporulerende bacteriën, gisten en schimmels. Hierbij wordt aandacht geschonken aan de systematiek en opsporing van deze organismen, hun voorkomen, betekenis en gedrag in levensmiddelen.

    In een tweede deel worden de factoren besproken die de evolutie (groei en inactivatie) van de microbiële flora in levensmiddelen bepalen: (i) intrinsieke factoren, zoals wateractiviteit, pH, redoxpotentiaal; (ii) extrinsieke factoren, zoals bewaartemperatuur, relatieve vochtigheid en gassamenstelling van de atmosfeer; (iii) procesfactoren zoals verhitting, bestraling, droging, bewaarmiddelen; (iv) interacties tussen verschillende micro-organismen zoals symbiose, antagonisme. De fundamentele principes worden telkens geïllustreerd aan de hand van concrete voorbeelden.

    Het derde deel handelt over de microbiologische veiligheid van ons voedsel. Er wordt dieper ingegaan op de eigenschappen van de belangrijkste voedselgebonden pathogenen, hun voorkomen en transmissie, pathogenese, preventie, alsook op benaderingen voor kwaliteits- en veiligheidsborging in de productie van levensmiddelen.

    Studiemateriaal

    - Cursustekst, Microbiologie van de levensmiddelen, C. Michiels via LBK-cursusdienst
    - Zie Toledo

    Toelichting werkvorm

    Klassiek hoorcollege

    Microbiologie van de levensmiddelen: practicum (B-KUL-I0P85a)

    2 studiepunten : Practicum 26 Tweede semesterTweede semester

    Inhoud

    1. Invloed van intrinsieke en extrinsieke parameters (pH, wateractiviteit, gasatmosfeer, temperatuur) op bederfmicrobiota in levensmiddelen

    2. Spontane fermentatie van zuurkool: microbiologische analyse via 16S rRNA amplicon sequencing
    3. Bepaling van decimale reductietijd (D) en temperatuursafhankelijkheid van decimale reductietijd (z) van bacteriële sporen + invloed van intrinsieke parameters op hitteweerstandigheid
    4. Predictieve microbiologie: computeroefening + experimentele validatie

    Studiemateriaal

     Handleiding  en slides van het practicum worden ter beschikking gesteld via Toledo.

    Toelichting werkvorm

    Groepsopdrachten in het labo
     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluatie: Microbiologie van de levensmiddelen (B-KUL-I2P42a)

    Type : Partiële of permanente evaluatie met examen tijdens de examenperiode
    Evaluatievorm : Schriftelijk, Verslag, Self assessment/Peer assessment, Medewerking tijdens contactmomenten
    Vraagvormen : Open vragen
    Leermateriaal : Geen

    Toelichting

     - Dit vak bestaat uit een hoorcollege (theorie) en een practicum. De puntenverdeling tussen hoorcollege en practicum is 75:25.
    - Het practicum wordt geëvalueerd aan de hand van voorbereidingen, actieve participatie en attitude, en verslagen tijdens het jaar. Er gebeurt een correctie van individuele scores aan de hand van peer-evaluatie.

    - Er geldt een aanwezigheidsplicht (zie facultair reglement) op het practicum: ongewettigde afwezigheid kan een uitsluiting betekenen voor het schriftelijk eindexamen van het OPO Microbiologie van de levensmiddelen zonder mogelijkheid tot herkansing.
    - Het hoorcollege wordt geëvalueerd in een afrondend schriftelijk examen tijdens de examenperiode (gesloten boek). Het bestaat uit een aantal uit theorie-, inzichts- en toepassingsvragen.

    - Deeloverdracht van de punten van het practicum naar de tweede examenkans en naar het volgend academiejaar wordt toegekend vanaf 10/20
     

    Toelichting bij herkansen

    Evaluatie van het hoorcollege gebeurt op dezelfde wijze als bij de eerste examenkans.

    Herkansing voor het practicum is mogelijk. De studenten krijgen dan een vervangtaak, namelijk een schriftelijke oefening uit te voeren tijdens het examenmoment Microbiologie van de levensmiddelen.

    ECTS Tropical Forests (B-KUL-I0P45B)

    4 ECTS English 39 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    Tropical forests occur on the American, Eurasian, African and Oceanean continents. They host an immense diversity of plants and animals. Millions of local livelihoods depend on those forests, as well as global ecosystem services such as climate regulation. Despite this prominent role for human society, tropical forests continue to be deforested for alternative land uses, and degraded through unsustainable use. Better understanding of the function and processes of this unique heritage can contribute to its sustainable management.

    The objectives of this course are to introduce the students to the geographical distribution, ecology, management and utilisation of forests in the tropics and subtropics. Are furthermore treated: the worldwide problem of deforestation, forest and related biodiversity degradation (UN-REDD), techniques for establishing and managing tree plantations, agroforestry and the ecological and socio-economical context of forestry in the tropics.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of biology, ecology and agronomy are recommended.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Tropical Forests (B-KUL-I0P45a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 39 Second termSecond term

    Content

    Ecology and silviculture of the humid and dry tropics and sub tropics, management and conservation of natural forests, afforestation and plantation forestry, agroforestry, timber and non timber forest products and services, main (sub-) tropical timber species, importance of the ecosystem services, issues of tropical timber trade, deforestation, REDD and FLEGT; issues of woodfuel use and use of forest products as biofuels.

    The course has three parts:
    1. Ecology of tropical trees and forests, important tropical tree species, importance of tropical forests.
    2. Forestry in the dry tropics, forestry in the wet tropics, reforestation, industrial forests, agroforestry.
    3. Forest management in the tropics: international trade, tropical woods, fire wood problematic, deforestation.

    Course material

    The course material comprises PowerPoint presentations, as well as video material and some reference material (via Toledo for free downloads).

    Format: more information

    30 hours of traditional lectures

    10 hours of seminars, presented by the students about a topic of their choice.

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Tropical Forests (B-KUL-I2P45b)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Reference work

    Explanation

    Participation in class room is important!
    Course material: Power Points, YouTube movies, Selected articles and parts of books

    Written exam. Students receive 3-5 questions.

    Students are not allowed to make use of the course material during the exam.

    The seminars count for 30% of the final result: the exam counts for 70%. 

    ECTS Plant Physiology (B-KUL-I0Q19C)

    5 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term

    Aims

    The main goal of the course Plant Physiology is to gain insight in the physiological and molecular functioning of plants. There is a strong focus on the production, signaling and physiology of plant hormones and their important role in agriculture. We will also discuss other physiological and molecular processes that are involved in solute transport, organ development (germination, aging and reproduction) and abiotic stress adaptation. We will emphasize on whole plant physiology but also on tissue- and cell-type-specific processes. The course will deal with both fundamental and applied aspects of plant physiology, and students are encouranged to use fundamental insights to solve applied agricultural challenges. 

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of these topics is required in order to start this course:

    • Basic biology (Bachelor’s level)
      • Plant biology
      • Cell biology
    • Biochemistry (Bachelor’s level)

     Knowledge of these topics is an advantage:

    • Plant production and protection
    • Molecular cell biology

    Identical courses

    I0Q19B: Plant Physiology
    I0Q19A: Plant Physiology

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Plant Physiology (B-KUL-I0Q19a)

    5 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term

    Content

    The main goal of the course Plant Physiology is to gain insight in the physiological and molecular functioning of plants. There is a strong focus on the production, signaling and physiology of plant hormones and their important role in agriculture. We will also discuss other physiological and molecular processes that are involved in solute transport, organ development (germination, aging and reproduction) and abiotic stress adaptation. We will emphasize on whole plant physiology but also on tissue- and cell-type-specific processes. The course will deal with both fundamental and applied aspects of plant physiology, and students are encouranged to use fundamental insights to solve applied agricultural challenges.

    Course material

    Handbook Biochemistry & Molecular Biology of Plants (2000)

    Format: more information

    Interactive lectures.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Plant Physiology (B-KUL-I2Q19c)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions

    Explanation

    Four different types of open questions: basic knowledge (30%), problem solving (30%), explanation of tables and images (30%) and concepts (10%) questions.

    ECTS Agricultural Economics and Development in an International Perspective (B-KUL-I0Q23B)

    6 ECTS English 50 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    Students are familiar with specific dimensions, concepts and facts of world food systems and development problems. Students have insights on the specificities of demand and supply of food, and of farm-household decision-making in a context of imperfect markets. Students understand the process of economic growth and economic transformation, and can reason about the role of agriculture in development, based on theoretical insights and examples. Students understand the strategies and constraints for agricultural growth and development, and can place the agricultural system in the environmental, institutional and policy context. Students understand the complex international trade and economic relations that shape the agricultural development process in low- and middle-income countries.   

    Students are able to read and extract the core insights from key scientific sources on the subject of agricultural economics and food policy in developing countries.

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of these topics is required in order to start this course:

    • Basic economics

    Students who have not followed an introductory course in economics are expected to self-study economic concepets they are not yet familiar with. 

    Identical courses

    I0Q23A: Agricultural Economics and Food Policy in Developing Countries
    I0W53A: Landbouweconomie en -ontwikkeling in een internationaal perspectief

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Agricultural Economics and Development in an International Perspective (B-KUL-I0Q23a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 50 First termFirst term

    Content

    The course covers the following topics and includes the following chapters:

    Dimensions of world food systems and development problems  

    • Growth, poverty and food security  
    • Food demand and population growth  
    • Agricultural production and supply of food 

    Development theories and the role of agriculture

    • Economic transformation and growth
    • Development theory and growth strategies

    Getting agriculture moving

    • Theories and strategies for agricultural development
    • Agricultural research and technology transfer
    • Land and labor markets
    • Input and credit markets
    • Pricing policies and marketing systems

    Agricultural development in an interdependent world

    • Agriculture and international trade
    • Trade policies, negotiations and agreements
    • Macro-economic policies and agricultural development
    • Capital flows, foreign assistance and food aid

    Course material

    The course material includes: 1) PowerPoint slides (available on Toledo) and course notes; 2) the handbook ‘Economics of Agricultural Development: World Food Systems and Resource Use – fourth edition – by George W. Norton, Jeffrey Alwang and William A. Masters (Routledge)’; 3) some chapters from the book 'Agricultural Development: New Perspectives in a Chaning World' - by K. Otsuka and S. Fan (IFPRI); 4) specific scientific articles referred to in the lectures (available on Toledo).

    Format: more information

    Throughout the semester, 7 interactive sessions are held. Attendance during these sessions is mandatory. If you have valid reasons for not being able to attend one of these sessions, please timely communicate this to the professor. 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Agricultural Economics and Development in an International Perspective (B-KUL-I2Q23b)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Self assessment/Peer assessment, Participation during contact hours
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Active participation during the 7 interactive sessions is evaluated for 3 of the 20 points. 

    Information about retaking exams

    The same modalities apply for all exam periods. 

    ECTS Global Biogeochemical Cycles (B-KUL-I0S68A)

    4 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term

    Aims

    This course is intended to provide insight into the mechanisms determining the cycling of biologically important elements through the Earth system. We also address how human activities have altered some of these cycles as this forms the basis of a range of environmental and climate-related perturbations.

    After completion of this course, students should be capable of :

    • Interpreting the long-term evolution of the Earth's atmospheric composition as the result of a combination of biological, geological and chemical processes, and provide examples of feedback loops that regulate this composition.
    • Explaining the principles of stable isotope fractionation and understanding the utility of stable isotope signatures as proxies for biogeochemical processes and environmental reconstructions in different ecosystems.
    • Understanding the principles of using radionuclides as 'natural clocks' and specific applications in e.g., oceanography.
    • Distinguishing the different components of the terrestrial carbon cycle and to identify the main drivers of an ecosystems' productivity and net ecosystem carbon exchange.
    • Providing examples of both direct and indirect human perturbations of different element cycles (C, N, Si) and their implications for both terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, and the atmosphere.
    • Interpreting the vertical and spatial distribution of different biologically important elements and primary production in the ocean in the context of ocean circulation and other driving factors.
    • Synthesizing the mechanisms underlying the biological and physical carbon pump of the ocean, and the carbonate counter-pump.
    • Discussing  the role of freshwater ecosystems in the global carbon cycle, and providing arguments for the importance of 'blue carbon' ecosystems.
    • Synthesizing the main regulating factors (biological, geological and chemical) of the global distribution and cycling of biologically important elements such as C, N, P, Si, and of greenhouse gases such as methane.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic background in earth sciences, inorganic and organic chemistry

    Identical courses

    I0J81A: Globale biogeochemische cycli

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Global Biogeochemical Cycles (B-KUL-I0S68a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term

    Content

    The fluxes of C, N, P, Si and S through and between ecosystems and earth compartments (lithosphere, atmosphere, hydrosphere and biosphere) reflect to a large extent the functioning of the Earth system, and perturbations of these cycles due to human activities are the basis of a range of environmental and climate-related problems. We will focus on the major biological processes driving these element cycles, the role of weathering processes, and compare the role of different major ecosystems (terrestrial, oceans, and freshwater systems) and exchange between the Earth surface and the atmosphere. An overview will be presented of the evolution of these element cycles over geological time scales, and the recent impact of anthropogenic disturbance. Finally, a number of key methods will be discussed which are frequently used to unravel and quantify element cycles, from microbial to global scales.

    Course material

    Available on Toledo:

    -slides
    -background reading material: review papers and book chapters
    -spreadsheets with quantitative examples discussed during the contact hours

    Format: more information

    Learning activities:

    • Structuring and synthesizing knowledge on element cycling and biogeochemical processes in different ecosystems: how are these ecosystems interconnected through element cycles?
    • Relating the theory with current discussion on climate change and anthropogenic disturbances of the Earth system.
    • Recognising the complexity and interdisciplinary nature of biogeochemical cycles and the intrinsical connections between (i) geological, biological and chemical processes governing element cycles, and (ii) different compartments of the Earth system.
    • Integration of prior knowledge from different disciplines (geology, geography, analytical chemistry, ecology, microbiology, ..) in specific interdisciplinary issues.
    • Acquire the terminology and underlying principles of stable isotope geochemistry and radionuclide chemistry; learning to interpret patterns in isotope distributions.
    • Apply theory and concepts to specific quantitative problems: problem sets will be presented and students are expected to solve these (using spreadsheets provided) outside the contact hours – solutions will be discussed jointly.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Global Biogeochemical Cycles (B-KUL-I2S68a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Closed-book, written exam. Example exam questions will be provided and discussed during the course.

     

    ECTS Functional Anatomy of the Human Locomotor System (B-KUL-I0T97A)

    3 ECTS English 20 First termFirst term

    Aims

    Students 
    - understand the structure and function of the human musculoskeletal system;
    - can describe the relationship between the exact anatomical structure of the skeleton and the large muscles and its function;
    - understand the anatomical substructure of the static and dynamics of the normally functioning body

    Previous knowledge

    No initial skills required.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Functional Anatomy of the Human Locomotor System (B-KUL-I0T97a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term

    Content

    The following subjects will be treated in this educational activity:
    • An introduction in which the student is made familiar with the anatomical terminology used.
    • A general anatomical part in which concepts on structure of bones, joints and muscles are defined.
    • The trunk: in this part the spine, chest, abdomen and pelvis are described.
    • The upper limb: in this part the bones, joints, muscles, nerves and irrigation are described.
    • The lower limb: in this part the bones, joints, muscles, nerves and irrigation are described.

    Course material

    The study material consists of a course on 'Functional Anatomy of the Locomotor System" that will be issued at the start of the programme.

    As additional equipment is recommended: 

    • Sobotta, Atlas of Human Anatomy, Elsevier (any edition is good).
    • Gray's Anatomy for Students, Elsevier, 2° Edition.

    Format: more information

    You learn the theory on the basis of slides in PowerPoint that are used during the lectures.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Functional Anatomy of the Human Locomotor System (B-KUL-I2T97a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Written exam.

    Students answer some general questions related to anatomy, as well as a question about terminology.

    ECTS Seminars Human Health Engineering (B-KUL-I0U00B)

    4 ECTS English 52 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Identical courses

    I0U00A: Seminars Human Health Engineering

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Seminars Human Health Engineering: Lectures and Excursions (B-KUL-I0U00a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term

    Content

    The course will be organised in a seminar format with several elaborated examples. In addition to biological knowledge of the human body, the principles of continuous measurement, feedback, design and process control will be applied to the healthy human body. Guest lecturers from different areas in the field of Human Health Engineering will be invited to discuss the use of engineering technology in different human health application fields including ethical and juridical issues. Furthermore, the students are introduced in the area of human health engineering via visits to companies and/or organizations that are active in the development, production and marketing of engineering technology for healthy humans. 
    The examples discussed in these seminars will be covering application fields of Human Health Engineering (Nutrition, Sports & activity, Intelligent bio-environment, etc.). 

     

    Course material

    Articles, slides, books

    Format: more information

    In the lectures, you will learn how the integration of knowledge on human biology and technology can create added value on the basis of different case studies from the application fields of ‘technology for healthy humans’ (‘Nutrition’, Sports and activity’ and ‘Intelligent bio-environment’). The subject matter will be taught by making use of slides, videos, articles from technical journals, scientific journals and relevant books. You are encouraged to participate in the lectures in an active way by frequently asking questions and by responding to questions asked by the lecturer.

    Seminars Human Health Engineering: Exercises (B-KUL-I0U01a)

    2 ECTS : Field trip 26 Second termSecond term

    Content

    In this course activity, you will participate in excursions to companies in order to get an impression of  human health engineering in practice. Similar to the lectures, the excursions will highlight several applications from different application areas in human health engineering. In relation to one of the excursions, you will also have to make a practical exercise.

    Course material

    Presentations on the activities of the visited companies or organizations and related articles.

    Format: more information

    During the excursions, you make a tour through the company or organization and you have the opportunity to have a discussion on the activities of the company/organization, as well as on the role of engineers in the activities of the company/organization. You will have to carry out a task (exercise) related to one of the visits. For this task you will be supported by the involved lecturer. Furthermore, for each excursion, you will have to make a report.

    Each year we visit at least the following companies: Cochlear (Mechelen), Bio-Racer (Tessenderlo), RSscan (Paal) and Materialise (Heverlee). Depending on the opportunities, additional companies might be visited.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Seminars Human Health Engineering (B-KUL-I2U00b)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation

    Explanation

    The total evaluation score is calculated based on the reports of the guest lectures and company visits (50% of the score) and the report of the practical assignment (50%). An absence to the guest lectures and/or company visits must be reported to the lecturer as soon as possible and no later than before the start of the session. Additionally, students must provide a valid proof for their non-participation. Justified absent students must make a report of the missed guest lecture or company visit based on the provided and/or self searched material. 

    Late reports submission must be reported to the lecturer as soon as possible and no later than before the designated submission date. Additionally, students must provide a valid proof for the lateness. In the case of justified lateness, students must submit the make-up assignment as communicated by the teacher. 

    Students who fail to report their lateness (timely) or fail to provide a valid proof or fail to comply with the make-up modalities will be excluded from the examination in the next examination period of the respective academic year. The respective OLA and OPO will be considered as "not completed" (NA) in the next examination period of that academic year.

    Information about retaking exams

    There is no possibility of retaking the course activity 'Exercises'.

    Students who fail to report their lateness (timely) or fail to provide a valid proof or fail to comply with the make-up modalities will be excluded from the examination in the next examination period of the respective academic year. The respective OLA and OPO will be considered as "not completed" (NA) in the next examination period of that academic year.

    ECTS Univariate Data and Modelling (B-KUL-I0U35A)

    5 ECTS English 50 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    Present some basic concepts of statistics and concentrate on linear models
    At the end of this course, the student should be able to:
    - Gain insight into basic statistical concepts (distributions, hypothesis testing, …)
    - Dispose of and appropriately use a range of statistical modelling techniques (linear regression, logistic regression, analysis of variance, general linear models)
    - Correctly interpret the result of a statistical analysis
    - Use R for the computational aspects of the methods

    Previous knowledge

    Students should have a good knowledge of basic calculus and linear algebra.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Univariate Data and Modelling (B-KUL-I0S08a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term

    Content

    Chapter 1: Descriptive statistics

    Chapter 2: Important distributions

    • Discrete distributions
    • Continuous distributions

    Chapter 3: Confidence Interval

    Chapter 4: Hypothesis testing

    • Concepts
    • Z test
    • One sample t test
    • Two sample t test with equal/unequal variances
    • F test for equal variances
    • Binomial test
    • Chi-squared test
    • Normality test
    • Wilcoxon test
    • Power analysis

    Chapter 5: Linear regression

    • Correlation coefficient
    • Simple linear regression (least squares method, statistical inference, diagnostics, influential observations)
    • Multiple regression (regression model, diagnostics, influential observations)
    • Polynomial regression
    • Interaction
    • Qualitative predictor variables

    Chapter 6: Analysis of Variance

    • One-way Anova (F test, assumptions)
    • Multiple testing (Bonferroni, Tukey)
    • Two-way Anova

    Chapter 7: General linear model

    Chapter 8: Introduction to logistic regression

    • Simple logistic regression
    • Multiple logistic regression
    • ROC curve

    Chapter 9: Introduction to Poisson regression

    Chapter 10 : Introduction to Generalised linear model

    Course material

    Course notes, web lectures and R scripts are available on Toledo;

     

    Format: more information

    There are web lectures available. Q&A sessions will be organised. 

    Is also included in other courses

    H00Y0A : Data and Statistical Modelling

    Exercises in Univariate Data and Modelling (B-KUL-I0S11a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 24 First termFirst term

    Content

    Exercises with R software are completed on the topics dealt with in Univariate Data and Modelling, part I.

    Course material

    R scripts, data sets and exercise material are available on Toledo.

    Format: more information

    Exercises are done in a pc class with the R software.

    Is also included in other courses

    H00Y0A : Data and Statistical Modelling

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Univariate Data and Modelling (B-KUL-I2U35a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer

    Explanation

    Written open book exam.  The exam takes place in a pc class where the students can use R.

    ECTS Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (B-KUL-I0U37A)

    4 ECTS English 32 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    Biodiversity & Ecosystem services is a relatively new field within the domain of ecology. Since the 1990s interest in biodiversity function has grown exponentially and meta-analyses showed that overall, there is a positive relationship between biodiversity and ecosystem functioning. Extrapolating these relationships to ecosystem services for humankind is essential for sustainable development. After publication of the Millenium Ecosystem Assessment (MEA, 2005) and The Economics of Ecosystems and Biodiversity (TEEB, 2009) reports, research quantifying ecosystem services is booming worldwide. This course aims at giving an overview of the concepts of biodiversity, ecosystem functioning and ecosystem services and their development, how these can be measured and how this translates into more sustainable management of ecosystems.

     

    IMPORTANT: Students who have already followed Natuurbeheer en -ontwikkeling (I0P69A) in 2022-2023 as part of their master's programme, cannot follow Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (I0U37A) because of overlap in the course content.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic trainining in ecology and/or biology.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (B-KUL-I0U38a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term

    Content

    Part I. Concepts: biodiversity, ecosystem functioning & ecosystem services
    1. Biodiversity: from species to functional & phylogenetic diversity
    2. Ecosystem services: from function to benefits for people

    Part II. Threats to biodiversity
    1. Threats
    2. Monitoring & measuring biodiversity

    Part III. Biodiversity functions and Ecosystems services
    1. Biodiversity and ecosystem functioning
    2. Biodiversity and ecosystem services
    3. Economics of biodiversity and ecosystem services

    Part IV. Management
    1. Conservation
    2. Restoration
    3. Optimization of ecosystem services

    Course material

    PowerPoint presentations and one (to two) key publications per chapter

    Format: more information

    This course consists of 10 lessons (theory), each covering one chapter.

    Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services: Exercises (B-KUL-I0U39a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 6 First termFirst term

    Content

    For the exercises, students have to perform a task in groups. This task consists of two parts: preparing a paper on a topic within the field of 'Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services' and a presentation of the paper during one or two plenary sessions.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (B-KUL-I2U37a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The evaluation of the exercises (I0U39a) accounts for 25% of the final result for the course; the exam accounts for 75%.

    Information about retaking exams

    Students who failed the course but who obtained a sufficient score for the paper, only need to retake the exam during the third examination period.

    Students who failed both the exam and the paper, have to retake the exam and write an individual paper.

    ECTS Applied Bioeconomics and Policy (B-KUL-I0U40B)

    6 ECTS English 52 Second termSecond term
    Wauters Erwin (coordinator) |  Mathijs Erik |  Wauters Erwin (substitute) |  Relaes Joris

    Aims

    This is an intermediate level course in which students familiarize with concepts of agricultural and food economics. They can optimize agricultural production decisions and understand exchange and transactions in the bio-economy. They are able to explain developments in agricultural and food policy. They can place the agricultural and food system in a market and institutional context at the local and global scale.

    Previous knowledge

    Students have a basic understanding of economics.

    Identical courses

    I0N46B: Landbouweconomie en -beleid
    I0U40A: Applied Bioeconomics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Applied Bioeconomics and Policy (B-KUL-I0U40a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 52 Second termSecond term
    Mathijs Erik |  Wauters Erwin (substitute) |  Relaes Joris

    Content

    Part 1: Applied Bioeconomics

    Aspects of consumption, production, organisation and exchange in the bio-economy are analysed with a main focus on agriculture and food using principles of micro- and macroeconomics. Two parts are distinguished:

    1. Firm behaviour: What decisions do firms have to make? What does economics teach us about how to make these decisions? What methods can be used to support making these decisions? What can non-economic disciplines teach us on decision-making ?

    2. Exchange and transactions: How is exchange between agents (producers and consumers) organized? What does economic teach us about how exchange is organized through markets? What methods can be used to analyse exchange and markets? What new insights can be derived from transaction cost economics?

    Both parts cover basic methods, such as linear programming and market analysis, which will also be developed in exercise sessions.

     

    Part 2: Agricultural and Food Policy

    This part provides an overview of government policy in the agricultural and food sector. Topics that are discussed include: the shift towards a system-wide food policy, international trade, the World Trade Organisation, the Common Agricultural Policy, rural development policy and policies supporting sustainable agriculture.

    Course material

    PowerPoint slides and course notes, indicated book chapters or articles, optimization software

    Format: more information

    Practice session

    Formal lectures with exercise sessions

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Applied Bioeconomics and Policy (B-KUL-I2U40b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    ECTS Research Project Planning (B-KUL-I0U41A)

    5 ECTS English 1 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Somers Ben (coordinator) |  N.

    Aims

    Students will learn how to define and set up a thesis research project. Guided by their promoter, they will conduct a thorough literature study of their thesis research topic, formulate a problem statement, define research objectives, and design a research methodology. Based on this, they will submit a 5 to 10 pages written report and also present their thesis research proposal at the end of the semester.

    The aim is that students learn to:

    • Synthesize and critically reflect on the scientific literature relevant for their thesis research project;
    • Design their research methods and plan their research activities, and
    • Present their research proposal to their peers, both in written and oral form.
    • maintain/acquire awareness of the plagiarism and GenAI use policy of KU Leuven and the faculty.

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge in agro- and ecosystems engineering obtained through the courses of the first and second semester of the first stage of the Master of Agro- and eCosystems Engineering.

    Identical courses

    I0J27A: Onderzoeksproject Planning

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research Project Planning (B-KUL-I0U42a)

    5 ECTS : Master's thesis 1 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    The promoter/supervisor explains what is expected in terms of self-study by the student, i.e. definition of hypothesis, goal of thesis, choice of research methods, work plan, etc. He/she will also explain how to organize and implement a literature study. The student regularly meets with the supervisor/promoter to discuss progress and receive feedback.

    The students will maintain/acquire awareness of plagiarism and GenAI by using the Toledo tutorial "Information literacy KU Leuven libraries (Science and Technology)" (NL/EN) and testing it. The test is not compulsory.

    Course material

    Instructions on how to write the dissertation are available through the promoter. Search tools like Web of Science or Google Scholar can be used to find literature.

    Format: more information

    The promoter/supervisor explains what is expected in terms of self-study by the student, i.e. definition of hypothesis, goal of thesis, choice of research methods, work plan, etc. He/she will also explain how to organize and implement a literature study. The student regularly meets with the supervisor/promoter to discuss progress and receive feedback.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research Project Planning (B-KUL-I2U41a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report, Presentation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Computer

    Explanation

    The evaluation is based on a written report and an oral presentation as follows:

    Written report: During the semester the student prepares a report of 5 to 10 pages with the following structure/content:
    • Title of the research
    • Problem statement based on a (preliminary) literature review
    • Objective of the research
    • Research methodology

    The student brings the report, signed by the promoter(s) for approval, to the oral examination session

    Oral presentation: Presentation of the planned research (10 minutes) at the end of the semester

    The evaluators are: Promoter (approval of the written report), and the lecturers of the course (evaluation of the oral presentation)

    This OLA is evaluated as pass/fail:
    • Pass: the student is allowed to start the actual Thesis Research Project
    • Fail: the student has to repeat the presentation before he/she is allowed to start the Thesis Research Project

    ECTS Silviculture (B-KUL-I0U46A)

    5 ECTS English 39 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    The objective of this course is to gain understanding about the objectives and methods of silviculture in temperate climate zones. The management activities in multifunctional forests are analyzed along the life cycle of a forest stand. It starts with site evaluation, tree species choice, genetic material and stand establishment. Then stand tending techniques are discussed, including thinning and pruning. Subsequently, silvicultural systems are discussed, including classical techniques and more recent trends, such as close to nature and integrated silviculture. Finally, silviculture of specific tree species and tree species mixture are presented, including oak, beech, pine, spruce, poplar and bioenergy production.

    Previous knowledge

    Previous course in forest ecology or equivalent basic knowledge of biology and ecology.

    Identical courses

    I0P68A: Bosbouw
    H0H30A: Principles of Silviculture

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Principles of Silviculture (B-KUL-I0U46a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 31 Second termSecond term

    Content

    The objective of this course is to gain understanding about the objectives and methods of silviculture in temperate climate zones. The management activities in multifunctional forests are analyzed along the life cycle of a forest stand. It starts with site evaluation, tree species choice, genetic material and stand establishment. Then stand tending techniques are discussed, including thinning and pruning. Subsequently, silvicultural systems are discussed, including classical techniques and more recent trends, such as close to nature and integrated silviculture.

    Course material

    Presentation slides, background literature.

    Is also included in other courses

    H0H30A : Principles of Silviculture

    Silviculture in Practice (B-KUL-I0J05a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 8 Second termSecond term

    Content

    Silviculture of specific tree species and tree species mixture are presented, including oak, beech, pine, spruce, poplar and bioenergy production.

    Course material

    Presentation slides, background literature.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Silviculture (B-KUL-I2U46a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The written exam consists of four questions of which 2 large knowledge questions, 1 question evaluating understanding of terms and concepts, and one text with fill-in fields about the silviculture in practice OLA.

    Scoring: the four exam questions count for 1/4 of the points each (20 in total).

    ECTS Biology (B-KUL-I0U60A)

    5 ECTS English 5 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    Students gather insight in the fundamentals of biology: plant and animal sciences, cell-biology and genetics. Students study structure and function of cells, plants and animals, their reproduction, terminology and taxonomy. They learn about the genetic fundamentals of traits, heritability and evolution. Students are expected that they can use this knowledge for applications.

    Previous knowledge

    This is a remediation course and no specific prior knowledge is required.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Biology: Reorientation (B-KUL-I0U60a)

    5 ECTS : Lecture 5 First termFirst term

    Content

    This course is a remediation course. Depending on the background of the student and the choice of the major compound of the master the student has to take up 5 ECT credits based on a selection of the topics listed below.

    Plant science
    - Development and reproduction of plants
    - Angiosperms and gymnosperms: anatomy and functionality
    - Water uptake and transport
    - Hormones
    - Sexual reproduction
    - Nomenclature

    Cell Biology
    - General structure of cells
    - Membranes
    - Cell cycle
    - Meiosis and sexual reproduction
    - Regulation of cell growth and cell divisions
    - Working of genes
    - Viruses, bacteria and protoctista

    Animal science
    - Diversity in the animal kingdom
    - Animals without body cavity
    - Invertebrate Coelomata
    - Vertebrates
    - Movement
    - Digestion
    - Respiration
    - Nervous system
    - Endocrine system
    - Reproduction
    - Development
    - Behaviour

    Genetics
    - Introduction in genetics
    - Genetics, DNA, genes, alleles and chromosomes
    - Reproduction and heritability
    - Genes, gene expression and traits
    - Genetic variability as the basis for biodiversity, evolution and agriculture

    Course material

    Handbook:  Biology  (Raven, Johnson, Mason, Losos and Singer; Mc Graw-Hill)

    Format: more information

    Self-study with guided sessions.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Biology (B-KUL-I2U60a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Written exam

    ECTS Ecology (B-KUL-I0U61A)

    4 ECTS English 5 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    Students focus on ecological thinking and gather insight in the relationship between organisms and their environment. They learn about the physical, chemical and biotic factors and interactions that determine the distribution and abundance of species and their communities on earth. Students study important concepts used in ecology on the levels of species, populations and communities. These concepts are illustrated and quantified with a variety of examples from plant and animals species, from (semi-)natural and more anthropogenic ecosystems.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge in Biology is required.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Ecology: Reorientation (B-KUL-I0U61a)

    4 ECTS : Assignment 5 First termFirst term

    Content

    The course follows the hierarchical structure of life and develops from individuals & populations to communities, ecosystems and the biosphere. It contains the following items:
    1. The science of biology
    2. Ecology of individuals and populations
    3. Community ecology
    4. Dynamics of ecosystems
    5. The biosphere
    6. Conservation biology

    Course material

    Handbook: 11th edition of the book "Raven, Johnson, Mason, Losos and Singer, 2017. Biology"

    Format: more information

    Self-study with guided sessions.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Ecology (B-KUL-I2U61a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    A correction for guessing will be used in the evaluation of the multiple choice questions.

    ECTS Urban Ecology and Green Management (B-KUL-I0U73A)

    4 ECTS English 34 First termFirst term
    Somers Ben (coordinator) |  Hermy Martin |  Somers Ben

    Aims

    Overall:
    - Students know what a more ecological/sustainable urban development involves and how urban green mangement can contribute to a more justified, sustainable and viable urban development

    More in particular, students know:

    - about the role and significance and ecosystem services of urban green in urban(ized) areas, in our living and working environment
    - how urban green management can make urban(ized) areas more sustainable and more viable for humans
    - about the variation in abiotic conditions offered by cities in comparison to rural areas and the consequences for urban green (introduces the topic of urban ecology)
    - how to design and maintain various forms of urban green (e.g. green roofs, vertical green, wall vegetation, gardens, parks, road verges, pavements, trees)
    - about the criteria used to select, design, implement and maintain various forms of urban green using mostly perrenial plant species
    - about a number of tools to monitor or assess urban green and its services (e.g. remote sensing)

    Students are capable of illustrating one or more aspects of the above through reporting of an excursion and/or application of evaluation instruments

    Previous knowledge

    Previous basic training in ecology or biology is an advantage, but not essential.

    Identical courses

    I0P78A: Urbane ecologie en groenbeheer

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Urban Ecology and Green Management: Lectures (B-KUL-I0U73a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term

    Content

    Within a context of worldwide urbanization and the problems that this involves, there is a need for better use and optimal application of urban green as the latter may considerably improve the living conditions in urban(ized) areas. The course starts from the concept of sustainable urban development (e.g. the ecopolis concept of S. Thallingii); the latter delivers a framework for a more sustainable development of cities. The course contains the following chapters:

    1. Ecology of urban areas: abiotic and biotic characteristics (incl. climate, soils, biota (native & aliens), heat island effect, water balance)
    2. Concepts for a more sustainable development
    3. Urban green: backbone for a modern society, functions and ecosystem services of urban green & ecological efficiency of urban green
    4. Greening the building envelope (vertical green, wall vegetation, green roofs)
    5. Other urban green elements (vegetation on pavements, gardens, gardens, trees)
    6. Urban data informatics (remote sensing, GIS, apps, citizen science for monitoring and managing urban green)
    7. Specific topics  (varying in time)

    Course material

    Scientific articles and PowerPoint presentations.

    Urban Ecology & Green Management: Practical (B-KUL-I0V74a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 8 First termFirst term

    Content

    Illustration of one or more aspects of ‘urban ecology and green management’ through excursion and/or assignments.

    Assignments account for 10% of the final course grade. 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Urban Ecology and Green Management (B-KUL-I2U73a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The evaluation consists of multiple parts:

    • A field exercise, evaluated by a presentation, worth 10% of the grade.
    • A take home exercise
    • A written exam

     

    The take home exercise and the written exam together count for 90% of the grade.

     

    All parts of the evaluation are mandatory. A student who does not participate in the field exercise and/or the accompanying presentation (except for valid reasons timely communicated to the coordinator of the course) will be excluded from the exam and the retake. The course will then be considered not taken (NA).

    Information about retaking exams

    If a student passed the field exercise, but did not obtain an overall sufficient score, the grades for the field exercise will be transferred to the third examination period.

     

    A student who did not pass the field exercise and did not obtain an overall sufficient score will get an individual assignment replacing the field exercise.

     

    The written exam will have to be repeated in both cases.

     

    The student has the choice to submit a new take-home exercise. In case the student submits a new exercise, the score of this newly submitted exercise will be accounted for in the final score for the third exam period. If the student however decides not to submit a new take home exercise, the grades for the field exercise will be transferred to the third examination period.

     

    A student who received ‘NA’ on the field exercise will not get a chance to redo this part. These students are also excluded from taking the exam during the third examination period. 

    ECTS Inventario y Monitoreo de Recursos Naturales II (B-KUL-I0U74A)

    6 ECTS Español 52 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Uitgesloten voor creditcontract
    N.

    Aims

    The aim of the course is to provide theoretical and practical concepts regarding monitoring of natural resources, in particular soils, water and air quality.

    Previous knowledge

    Previous knowledge about statistics, forest ecology, hydrology, and soils is required.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Inventario y Monitoreo de Recursos Naturales II (B-KUL-I0U74a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 52 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    1) Soils monitoring: Basic concepts, sampling methods, variables and attributes, design of a monitoring plan.

    2) Monitoring of hydrological resources: Watershed and hydrological systems, water use, hydrological balance, variables survey, physical and chemical parameters.

    3) Monitoring of air quality: Principles of air monitoring, sampling methods, gases and particles, scales.

    Course material

    Lectures slides, articles and reports to be assigned through the semester, and the following main textbooks:

    Aparicio, F.J. 1999. Fundamentos de hidrología de superficie. Edit. Limusa. 303 p.

    Rey, J.M. 1991. Aguas subterráneas y ecología: ecosistemas de descarga de acuíferos en los arenales. Edit. Icona. 141 p.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Inventario y Monitoreo de Recursos Naturales II (B-KUL-I2U74a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written

    Explanation

    - Exam 1 (after first month of lectures)
    - Exam 2 (after second month of lectures)
    - Final oral examination (at the end of the semester)

    ECTS Protección Forestal (B-KUL-I0U75A)

    6 ECTS Español 52 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Uitgesloten voor creditcontract
    N.

    Aims

    The aim is to provide concepts of forest pathology.

    Previous knowledge

    Previous knowledge about physiology, forest ecology, and soils is required.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Protección Forestal (B-KUL-I0U75a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 52 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    1) Introduction: Concepts about plagues and diseases. Sanitary history of Chilean forests.

    2) Sanitary problems occurrence: General conditions to sanitary problems: climate, soil, plant, agent.

    3) Agents characterization: Morphological and life cycle characterization of main agents of forests relevance: virus, bacteria, fungi, insect.

    4) Main plagues and diseases: Description of symptomatology, epidemiology, biotic potential and environmental resistance: nursery, roots, trunk and branches, foliage, timber.

    5) Prospection of plagues and diseases: Prospection techniques, biological quantification of damage, economical quantification of damage.

    6) Symbiotic relationships: Mycorrhiza, bacterial promoters of growth, saprobial fungi.

    7) Control of plagues and diseases: Mechanical, physical, biological, integral and chemical control, genetic improvement.

    Course material

    Lectures slides, articles and reports to be assigned through the semester.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Protección Forestal (B-KUL-I2U75a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written

    Explanation

    - Exam 1 (after first month of lectures)
    - Exam 2 (after second month of lectures)
    - Final oral examination (at the end of the semester)

    ECTS Silvicultura y Manejo Forestal (B-KUL-I0U76A)

    6 ECTS Español 52 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Uitgesloten voor creditcontract
    N.

    Aims

    The aim of this course is to provide silvicultural aspects for management of forest plantations.

    Previous knowledge

    Previous knowledge about ecology and forest dynamics is required.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Silvicultura y Manejo Forestal (B-KUL-I0U76a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 52 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    1) Introduction: Silviculture concepts, adaptative silviculture, social demands.

    2) Intermediate cuts: Stand characterization, foundations on intermediate cuts (pruning and thinning), role and aims of forest production, intermediate cuts types and its applications on forest plantations.

    3) Variability and species selection: Variability in the forests, forest species introduction, genetic improvement, tree selection, seeds, seeds garden.

    4) Forest species propagation: Sexual and asexual propagation of forest species, seedlings production.

    5) Establishment of forest plantations: Techniques of forest species establishment.

    Course material

    Lectures slides, articles and reports to be assigned through the semester. This course will also include fieldwork on main forest companies.

    Explanation category

    This course includes both lectures and fieldwork on main forest companies.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Silvicultura y Manejo Forestal (B-KUL-I2U76a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written

    Explanation

    - Exam 1 (after first month of lectures)
    - Exam 2 (after second month of lectures)
    - Final oral examination (at the end of the semester)

    ECTS Práctica Integrada I (B-KUL-I0U77A)

    6 ECTS Español 52 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Uitgesloten voor creditcontract
    N.

    Aims

    The aim of this course is to provide practical training about harvest systems, accessibility and transport.

    Previous knowledge

    Previous knowledge about soils, ecology and economics is required.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Práctica Integrada I (B-KUL-I0U77a)

    6 ECTS : Internship 52 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    1) Harvesting systems: Classification of harvesting systems, relevant factors for harvesting systems planning, choosing a harvesting system, cut and limb tree systems.
    2) Transport systems: Terrestrial forest transport, animal transport, cable transport, skidder transport.
    3) Forest accessibility and roads planning: Accessibility functions, structure and degree of accessibility, types of forest roads, traffic exigencies, foundations for designing of forest roads, optimization methods.
    4) Road building: Trace identification, land movement, design elements, roads stabilization

    Course material

    Articles and reports to be assigned through the semester.

    This course will be undertaken in one of the main Chilean forest companies (Mininco).

    Explanation category

    This course will be undertaken in one of the main Chilean forest companies (Mininco).

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Práctica Integrada I (B-KUL-I2U77a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral

    Explanation

    Final oral examination (at the end of the semester).

    ECTS Sistemas de Producción Silvoagropecuaria y Acuícola (B-KUL-I0U78A)

    6 ECTS Español 52 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Uitgesloten voor creditcontract
    N.

    Aims

    The aim of this course is to provide silvicultural aspects for management of forest plantations and agricultural crops.

    Previous knowledge

    Previous knowledge about ecology and forest dynamic is required.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Sistemas de Producción Silvoagropecuaria y Acuícola (B-KUL-I0U78a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 52 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    1) Introduction: Silviculture concepts, adaptative silviculture, social demands.

    2) Intermediate cuts: Stand characterization, foundations on intermediate cuts (pruning and thinning), role and aims of forest production, intermediate cuts types and their applications on forest plantations.

    3) Variability and species selection: Variability in the forests, forest species introduction, genetic improvement, tree selection, seeds, seeds garden.

    4) Forest species propagation: Sexual and asexual propagation of forest species, seedlings production.

    5) Establishment of forest plantations: Techniques of forest species establishment.

    6) Traditional agricultural crops: Seeds, sowing, soils conservation.

    7) Alternative agricultural crops: Organic production, nontraditional crops.

    Course material

    Lectures slides, articles and reports to be assigned through the semester. This course also will include field work on main forest companies.

    DONOSO, C. PREMOLI A., GALLO L., IPINZA R. 2004. Variación Intraespecífica  en las especies arbóreas de los bosques templados de Chile y Argentina.
    HARTMANN, T y KESTER E. 2000.  Propagación de plantas, principios y prácticas.
    FAO.  1991. Guía para la manipulación de semillas forestales.
    INSTITUTO FORESTAL.  1989.  Eucaliptus principios de silvicultura y manejo.

    Explanation category

    Apart from lectures, this course will also include field work on main forest companies.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Sistemas de Producción Silvoagropecuaria y Acuícola (B-KUL-I2U78a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written

    Explanation

    - Exam 1 (after first month of lectures)
    - Exam 2 (after second month of lectures)
    - Final oral examination (at the end of the semester)

    ECTS Integrated Project Tropical Agro- and Ecosystems (B-KUL-I0U81A)

    5 ECTS English 65 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract

    Aims

    This course can only be taken by students from the Master of Bioscience Engineering: Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    • To learn how to integrate and apply knowledge on agro- and ecosystems in the tropics, biodiversity, tropical soils and agricultural economics to characterize (sub)tropical agro- and ecosystems and better understand constraints and options for natural resources management.
    • To be trained in field methods, diagnostic tools and survey methods.
    • To deepen understanding of theoretical concepts acquired in the courses of the first phase.
    • To obtain an understanding of the bio-physical and socio-economic context of agro- and ecosystems in the (sub)tropics.
    • To obtain experience with working in multidisciplinary and multicultural teams.

    Previous knowledge

    The field course is open to students who have followed or are following at least 2 out of the following courses: 'Agricultural Economics and Development in an International Perspective', 'Global Soil and Land Resources Management', 'Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services', and ‘Agro-Systems’

    Order of Enrolment



    (SIMULTANEOUS( I0U86A ) AND SIMULTANEOUS( I0U37A ) ) OR
    (SIMULTANEOUS( I0U86A ) AND SIMULTANEOUS( I0Q23B ) ) OR (SIMULTANEOUS( I0U86A ) AND SIMULTANEOUS( I0I08A ) ) OR (SIMULTANEOUS( I0U86A ) AND SIMULTANEOUS( I0V48A ) ) OR
    (SIMULTANEOUS( I0U37A ) AND SIMULTANEOUS( I0Q23B ) ) OR (SIMULTANEOUS( I0U37A ) AND SIMULTANEOUS( I0I08A ) ) OR
    (SIMULTANEOUS( I0U37A ) AND SIMULTANEOUS( I0V48A ) ) OR (SIMULTANEOUS( I0Q23B ) AND SIMULTANEOUS( I0I08A ) ) OR
    (SIMULTANEOUS( I0Q23B ) AND SIMULTANEOUS( I0V48A ) ) OR
    (SIMULTANEOUS( I0I08A ) AND SIMULTANEOUS( I0V48A ) )


    I0U86AI0U86A : Agro-Systems
    I0U37AI0U37A : Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services
    I0U86AI0U86A : Agro-Systems
    I0Q23BI0Q23B : Agricultural Economics and Development in an International Perspective
    I0U86AI0U86A : Agro-Systems
    I0I08AI0I08A : Global Soil and Land Resources Management
    I0U86AI0U86A : Agro-Systems
    I0V48AI0V48A : Global Soil Resources Management
    I0U37AI0U37A : Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services
    I0Q23BI0Q23B : Agricultural Economics and Development in an International Perspective
    I0U37AI0U37A : Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services
    I0I08AI0I08A : Global Soil and Land Resources Management
    I0U37AI0U37A : Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services
    I0V48AI0V48A : Global Soil Resources Management
    I0Q23BI0Q23B : Agricultural Economics and Development in an International Perspective
    I0I08AI0I08A : Global Soil and Land Resources Management
    I0Q23BI0Q23B : Agricultural Economics and Development in an International Perspective
    I0V48AI0V48A : Global Soil Resources Management
    I0I08AI0I08A : Global Soil and Land Resources Management
    I0V48AI0V48A : Global Soil Resources Management

    Identical courses

    I0S36A: Integrated Project Tropical Production Systems

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Integrated Project Tropical Agro- and Ecosystems (B-KUL-I0U81a)

    5 ECTS : Assignment 65 First termFirst term

    Content

    Types and characteristics of Agro- and Ecosystems in relation to soils, climate, and farm characteristics.
    Field methods, diagnostic tools and survey methods for the characterization of production systems, soils, production constraints, resource flows (at farm level), and goals, resources and constraints of farmers.

    For more information, including financial aspects, see 'Format: more information'. An information session is scheduled in the first week of the academic year (see schedule).

    Course material

    Manuals, background documents and background data provided on Toledo.

    Format: more information

    The 2024-2025 edition will consist of a 2-week field course organized from 2 November (Departure) to 17 November 2024 (arrival in Brussels) at the Jaramogi Oginga Odinga University of Science and Technology (JOOUST), Bondo, Kenya and in a rural area in Western Kenya (Kisumu and Homabay counties). The course will be jointly organized with JOOUST, the University of Eldoret (UoE), the Federal Institute of Technology Zurich (ETH-Zürich) with the participation of students and professors from JOOUST, UoE, ETH-Zürich, and KU Leuven.

    The course will be organized as follows:

    • Hands-on training on the use of field methods, diagnostic tools and survey methods (already introduced beforehand in workshops in Leuven and in other universities).
    • Teams of 6-7 students (mixed teams from 4 universities) will be assigned to one agro-ecosystem in the area and collect the necessary information in the field over several days to describe the system in terms of cropping system and production techniques used, productivity, soil and climatic constraints, biodiversity, resource management. Attention is also paid to household food security and marketing aspects.
    • Teams analyse their field data and prepare a team report and/or presentation.Teams present their results to all participants.

     

    To fully benefit from the field course, students are expected to prepare for it by attending the training workshops in Leuven, by studying the documentation on the methods and the information available about the study area, and by making a work plan in teams of 6-7 students (mixed teams from 4 universities). This will involve team meetings by MS Teams or other means in October. This preparation is guided by workshops in Leuven (and UoE, ETH-Zürich and JOOUST) in September-October. Data, reports, and manuals will be available through Toledo. 

    For practical reasons, the maximum number of students that can subscribe to this field course is 20 students from KU Leuven, in addition to students from JOOUST, UoE and ETH-Zürich. At KU Leuven, only students from the Master of Bioscience Engineering: Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering can participate.

    Participating students have to pay for the costs of their participation in the field course (air ticket, travel insurance, vaccinations, visa, accommodation and meals), which are estimated at €1300 per student. Information about this will be given at the beginning of the academic year (information session).

    We applied for a subsidy for student group travel from the KU Leuven Interfaculty Council for Global Development (ICGD).  The application was successful, so this will provide a subsidy of €400 per student to all participating students from KU Leuven. The Faculty of Bioscience Engineering provides a subsidy as well if you have not yet received a subsidy from the faculty, but the faculty will subtract the IRO subsidy from the subsidy the faculty provides: see www.biw.kuleuven.be/en/.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Integrated Project Tropical Agro- and Ecosystems (B-KUL-I2U81a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment

    Explanation

    The evaluation will be based on the quality of the workplan finalized at the start of the field course and a team presentation made at the end of the field course, and on an assessment of the contribution of each student to the team work and group discussions.

    So the following is required from each student team:
    • Team workplan drafted during the preparation for the field course (and improved during the first day of the field course).
    • Team presentation made at the end of the field course (last day)

    KU Leuven students who cannot contribute to the drafting of the workplan during the preparation period before the start of the field course (because of stay abroad for master thesis) will be required to write and submit a report after the field course. 

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Agro-Systems (B-KUL-I0U86A)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term

    Aims

    There are many different farming systems in exhibiting a mosaic pattern both at the regional, national and global level. This mosaic pattern is a.o. the result of the geographical location of the centres of origin of crops/animals in the world and their dispersion during history. The way humans choose and combine crops/animals is the result of the interactions between physical (soil and climate), biological (crop, animal, disease, pest, etc.) and socio-economic factors (population growth, credit, etc.). For each of the biological production systems, these elements will be highlighted to understand the guiding forces behind the equilibrium between a production system and its environment or the reasons why they evolve/degrade. The analysis of these elements will create opportunities to formulate proposals to improve production existing systems if necessary and in what way.

    The following production systems are discussed: shifting cultivation, fallow systems, ley systems, permanent upland cultivation, irrigation farming, diverse grazing systems (nomadic, semi-nomadic, range management) and plantations.

    The theoretical background is then applied on real cases by each student.

    Previous knowledge

    Students have either a background in agronomy, geography, socio-economics, or anthropology

    Knowledge of these topics is an advantage:

    - basic plant biology

    - plant nutrition

    Identical courses

    I0V36A: Agro-Systems in the Tropics
    I0P22B: Biological Production Systems in the Tropics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Agro-Systems (B-KUL-I0V36a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 52 First termFirst term

    Content

    The most important physiological and morphological elements of the ontogenesis of plants will be highlighted, with special emphasis on “tropical aspects”. Important annual and perennial crops will be discussed in depth with a focus on tropical crops. Topics are useful product, economical importance, origin and classification, morphology, ecology, crop husbandry techniques, diseases and pests and current investigations. The morphology of the plant from seedling to harvest is illustrated. The discussed crops are considered as models and should give students the possibility to deduce cropping characteristics of many other, but similar plants. The following crops will be discussed: banana, cassava, yam, cocoyam, sweet potato, cowpea, soybean, cover crops, peanut, rice, maize, coconut and potato. Production techniques for the fast propagation of healthy planting material will be presented. Students are trained to search for the best variety for a specific environment.

    Course material

    Consult Toledo for PowerPoint slides, syllabus, video per class and extra information.
    The study of this course is facilitated by some background in plant anatomy, morphology and physiology. Useful optional (facultative) background documents are:
    - Arntzen C.J. and Ritter E.M., 1994. Encyclopedia of Agricultural Science. Volume 1, Academic Press, USA: 634 pp.
    - Arntzen C.J. and Ritter E.M., 1994. Encyclopedia of Agricultural Science. Volume 2, Academic Press, USA: 667 pp.
    - Arntzen C.J. and Ritter E.M., 1994. Encyclopedia of Agricultural Science. Volume 3, Academic Press, USA: 665 pp.
    - Arntzen C.J. and Ritter E.M., 1994. Encyclopedia of Agricultural Science. Volume 4, Academic Press, USA: 778 pp.
    - Purseglove J.W., 1972. Tropical Crops Monocotyledons. Volumes 1 and 2 combined, Longman, U.K.: 607 pp.
    - Purseglove J.W., 1968. Tropical Crops Dicotyledons. Volumes 1 and 2 combined, Longman, U.K.: 719 pp.
    - Raemaekers R.H., 2001. Crop production in Tropical Africa, DGIC, Belgium: 1540 pp- Gateway for Plant - Genetic Resources:http://www.genesys-pgr.org/
    - Agro-ecological zones: www.fao.org/ag/agl/agll/cropsuit.asp. (Allows you to make your own maps): http://ecocrop.fao.org/
    - Agronomical performance of horticultural cultivars in relation to agro-ecological conditions, cultivation practices, etc.: http://www.fao.org/hortivar

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Agro-Systems (B-KUL-I2U86a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Students receive 5 questions.

    ECTS Plant Disease Biology and Management (B-KUL-I0U88A)

    5 ECTS English 46 Second termSecond term

    Aims

    Plants are in close contact with a wide variety of different organisms, including bacteria, fungi, oomycetes, viruses, insects and nematodes, many of which have the potential to cause disease leading to severe crop losses. Nevertheless, since plants developed efficient defense strategies to ward off pathogenic organisms, plant disease is the exception rather than the rule.

    The general objective of this course is to provide the students with an overview of the general principles of plant pathology and disease management:

    • To gain knowledge into the factors that lead to development of plant diseases
    • To get familiar with the different micro-organisms that can cause disease in plants
    • To be able to recognize some important diseases in plants
    • To gain insight in the different aspects of the plant-pathogen interaction
    • To get familiar with the different strategies that are commonly used to control plant diseases

    Previous knowledge

    A fundamental knowledge of microbiology and plant biology is expected.

    Identical courses

    I0P61B: Integrated Pest Management in Tropical Agrosystems
    I0W19A: Plant Disease Biology and Management
    I0V44A: Integrated Pest Management in the (Sub)Tropics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Plant Disease Biology and Management (B-KUL-I0U88a)

    5 ECTS : Lecture 46 Second termSecond term

    Content

    In the first part, focus will be on basic concepts and terminology related to plant pathology. The different factors that are required for pathogens and plants to result in disease will be discussed.

    In the second part, students will gain in-depth knowledge on the different organisms that cause disease in plants including bacteria, fungi, oomycetes, viruses, insects and nematodes. Examples of pathogens causing disease in both temperate as well as tropical regions will be discussed.

    In the third part, we will have a closer look at the interaction between pathogens and plants; which strategies of pathogenicity are known and how a plant recognizes and responds to pathogen attack.

    In a fourth part, the most important management strategies to prevent or limit damage and yield loss caused by the most important pathogens to agricultural crops are discussed, with an emphasis on integrated pest management (IPM).

    Finally, students will individually carry out a case study on an economically important plant-pathogen interaction in which above mentioned general and in-depth knowledge needs to be implemented. Students will need to write a report and give a presentation on their case study.

    Course material

    PowerPoint presentations

    Format: more information

    In addition to the lectures, students will individually carry out a case study on an economically important plant-pathogen interaction. Students will need to make and present a poster on their case study.

    There will also be two discussion sessions: one on pesticides and one on genetically modified organisms. Attendance to these sessions is mandatory.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Plant Disease Biology and Management (B-KUL-I2U88a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Presentation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The evaluation consists of:

    • Poster and poster presentation (4/20)
    • Final examination at the end of the semester (16/20)

    If students did not finalize their poster they can still take the final examination, however, they will already lose 4 points.

    Information about retaking exams

    Marks of the poster and presentation will be transferred to the second examination. Students will not be able to make a new poster and presentation.

    ECTS Crop Production (B-KUL-I0U90A)

    6 ECTS English 78 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    - Students will learn how to design high yielding but sustainable crop husbandry practices with a focus on tropical and subtropical crops.
    - Students get to know the practices of husbandry, from planting to harvest and learn morphological and physiological features of selected crops.
    - Students will learn how to perform in-depth comparisons between crops (to be considered as a reference base or model crop) and other crops, so that crop husbandry practices can be inferred for the latter.
    - Students realize that this approach avoids encyclopedical knowledge and paves the way for students to design crop husbandry practices for other but non-discussed similar plants.
    - Students learn how to apply, during the practical, the theoretical knowledge which is taught in the lectures about the cultivation of ((sub)tropical) husbandry crops.

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of these topics is required in order to start this course:

    • Basic plant biology (bachelor's level)

    Knowledge of these topics is an advantage:

    • Plant physiology

    Identical courses

    I0V49A: Tropical Crop Production
    I0P25A: Tropical Crop Production

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Crop Production: Practicals (B-KUL-I0U91a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 26 Second termSecond term

    Content

    Greenhouse exercise (under supervision + report)
    Students grow plants according to specific tasks; at the beginning they present hypotheses on how the development will occur. After a couple of weeks of observation they check whether the hypotheses are correct and if not, have to find an explanation for it and to provide supporting data.

    They elaborate a report that is evaluated.

    Course material

    Consult Toledo for manual, report guidelines and extra information.

    Format: more information

    All activities are mandatory.
    Students must make several assignments, must go on the excursion and must work under supervision in the greenhouse. For each assignment a report needs to be submitted following a specific format.

    Crop Production: Lectures (B-KUL-I0V45a)

    5 ECTS : Lecture 52 Second termSecond term

    Content

    The most important physiological and morphological elements of the ontogenesis of plants will be highlighted, with special emphasis on “tropical aspects. Production techniques for the fast propagation of healthy planting material will be presented with special attention to morphology and plant physiology. Students are trained to search for the best variety for a specific environment.

    Course material

    Consult Toledo for PowerPoint slides, syllabus, video per class and extra information.
    The study of this course is facilitated by some background in plant anatomy, morphology and physiology. Useful optional (facultative) background documents are:
    - Arntzen C.J. and Ritter E.M., 1994. Encyclopedia of Agricultural Science. Volume 1, Academic Press, USA: 634 pp.
    - Arntzen C.J. and Ritter E.M., 1994. Encyclopedia of Agricultural Science. Volume 2, Academic Press, USA: 667 pp.
    - Arntzen C.J. and Ritter E.M., 1994. Encyclopedia of Agricultural Science. Volume 3, Academic Press, USA: 665 pp.
    - Arntzen C.J. and Ritter E.M., 1994. Encyclopedia of Agricultural Science. Volume 4, Academic Press, USA: 778 pp.
    - Purseglove J.W., 1972. Tropical Crops Monocotyledons. Volumes 1 and 2 combined, Longman, U.K.: 607 pp.
    - Purseglove J.W., 1968. Tropical Crops Dicotyledons. Volumes 1 and 2 combined, Longman, U.K.: 719 pp.
    - Raemaekers R.H., 2001. Crop production in Tropical Africa, DGIC, Belgium: 1540 pp- Gateway for Plant -Genetic Resources:http://www.genesys-pgr.org/
    -Agro-ecological zones: www.fao.org/ag/agl/agll/cropsuit.asp. (Allows you to make your own maps): http://ecocrop.fao.org/
    -Agronomical performance of horticultural cultivars in relation to agro-ecological conditions, cultivation practices, etc.:http://www.fao.org/hortivar

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Crop Production (B-KUL-I2U90a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Report
    Type of questions : Closed questions, Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The evaluation of Crop Production is made out of two parts:

    The main evaluation (on 16 points) is a written exam. It consists mainly out of theoretical questions and the application of the course to real situations. The 3 practicals (with all corresponding activities and assignments) encompass the remaining 4 points.

    Students have to accomplish all the assignments in time and attend all the practicals. Failure to accomplish all the assignments in time and attend all the practicals (without valid reasons) results in failing the whole course, which means getting a 'NA'.

    Information about retaking exams

    Students who failed this course, will have to retake the written exam. The practicals cannot be retaken. The grades of the practicals will therefore be transferred to the third examination period.

    ECTS Modelling of Biosystems (B-KUL-I0V02A)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Norton Tomas (coordinator) |  Aerts Jean-Marie |  Norton Tomas

    Aims

    New technology offers great potential to develop tools that allow online monitoring of biological systems (human, animal, plant, cell, etc.) in numerous application domains, such as monitoring of animal and plant production processes, animal welfare monitoring, plant stress monitoring, driver drowsiness monitoring, athletic performance monitoring, pain monitoring, physical and mental state monitoring, etc. Essential in these applications is the ability to model such complex biosystems based on compact dynamic data-based modelling approaches.

    Lectures

    The student
    - knows techniques that allow to integrate real-time measurements, modelling and process management for individual biological systems (human, animal, plant) at different scales (cell, organism, ecosystem);

    - learns systems thinking by dividing the process into its various components based on measurement data of the system under consideration and available knowledge as a basis for the elaboration of process management technology;

    - recognises that living organisms are complex, individually different, time-varying, dynamic systems and that today it is possible to measure in real-time various bioresponses related to the state of the living organism;

    - gains an understanding of approaches of dynamic data-based modelling that allow accurate modelling and prediction of physiological responses in individual living organisms;

    - is able to independently develop strategies for real-time monitoring and control for individual and time-varying biological systems;

    - can reflect in a critical and solution-oriented manner on how the combination of measurements and real-time modelling, as a basis for monitoring for biological systems, can be an important tool for engineers in the field of biosystems engineering.

    - maintains/acquires awareness of the plagiarism and GenAI use policy of KU Leuven and the faculty.


    Practical exercises

    The student
    - applies the theory of the lectures and can identify dynamic data-based models of the biosystems under consideration based on available data from biological systems;

    - learns to independently divide the problem into its main components, formulate objectives, set a time schedule, critically evaluate the literature and critically evaluate the results obtained with attention to the social and economic context;

    - learns to make agreements, to communicate in writing and orally, and to present

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of these topics is required in order to start this course:

    • Mathematics (Bachelor’s level):
      • Calculus
      • Differential equations
      • Linear algebra

     A student should have these skills in order to start this course:

    • Basic programming (preferably Matlab)

    Furthermore, the student possesses analytical problem solving skills and demonstrates a sense of accuracy.

    Identical courses

    I0P13B: Integratie van biologische responsies in procesmanagement
    I0J67A: Modelleren van biosystemen

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Modelling of Biosystems: Lectures (B-KUL-I0V02a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term

    Content

    Part 1 – Introduction

    - Chapter 1. Introduction and examples

    Part 2 - Real-time measurement of bioresponses

    - Chapter 2. Advanced sensors & measurement systems.

    - Chapter 3. Image processing & sound analysis

    Part 3 - Digital signal processing

    - Chapter 4. Introduction to linear time invariant systems

    - Chapter 5. Impulse and frequency response of linear time invariant systems

    - Chapter 6. The z-transform and poles/zeros of discrete time linear time invariant systems

    - Chapter 7. Discrete Fourier transforms

     Part 4 - Data-based modeling of bioresponses

    - Chapter 8. Introductory concepts

    - Chapter 9. Generation of measurement data for data-based modeling

    - Chapter 10. Time-invariant parameter estimation in the time and frequency domain

    - Chapter 11. Determining model complexity

    - Chapter 12. Biological interpretation of data-based models

    - Chapter 13. Time-variant parameter estimation

    - Chapter 14. Introduction to artificial intelligence

    - Chapter 15. Machine learning and deep learning

     Part 5 - Management of biological processes

    - Chapter 16. Model-based monitoring of bioresponses

    - Chapter 17. Integration of bioresponses into practice

    Course material

    Slides, articles, copies of chapters from books and recording are available via Toledo.

    Format: more information

    Blended learning - Class recording - Traditional lecture

    Is also included in other courses

    H06A5A : Bioresponse Measurements and Process Control

    Modelling of Biosystems: Practical Exercises (B-KUL-I0V03a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term

    Content

    Practical sessions on:

    - Digital Signal Processing;

    - Least Squares parameter estimates of simple linear models;

    - System identification based on Matlab toolboxes (SID & CAPTAIN) to estimate and evaluate ARX models;

    - Methods to perform time-variant parameter estimates;

    - Model-based monitoring of a biosystem.

     

    The students will maintain/acquire awareness of plagiarism and GenAI by using the Toledo tutorial "Information literacy KU Leuven libraries (Science and Technology)" (NL/EN) and testing it. The test is not compulsory.

    Course material

    Slides, recordings

    Format: more information

    Blended learning - Class recording - Computer session - Paper - Practice session

    Discussion

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Modelling of Biosystems (B-KUL-I2V02a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Participation during contact hours, Oral, Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    For the lectures you will be evaluated by means of a written exam. Knowledge in the subject matter is examined on the basis of theoretical questions. This educational activity counts for 50% of the total score.

     

    For the practical exercises you are evaluated based on

    1) the work you did during the practical exercises,

    2) a report of a computer modelling exercise and

    3) the discussion of the results based on the report.

    The evaluation of the practical exercises counts for 50% of the total score and is performed outside the normal exam period.

    Information about retaking exams

    Retake for the practical exercises is not possible. The marks of the practical exercises of the first examination period will be carried over to the second examination period.

    ECTS Integrated Project Temperate Agro- and Ecosystems (B-KUL-I0V35A)

    5 ECTS English 65 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract

    Aims

    This course can only be taken by students from the Master of Bioscience Engineering: Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    Important note: For organisational reasons, ACE students are expected to decide before October 12th whether they opt for the temperate or tropical version of the integrated project (taking up both is not possible).

     

    • Students learn how to integrate and apply knowledge on agro- and ecosystems, soils and biodiversity to characterize temperate agro- and ecosystems and better understand constraints and options for natural resources management.

    • Students are trained in field methods, diagnostic tools and survey methods.

    • Through thorough preparatory data gathering and synthesis, field visits and field work, students deepen their understanding of theoretical concepts acquired in the courses.

    • Students integrate collected information into a business plan aimed at starting a firm in the agro- and ecosystems’ sector.

    • Students obtain an understanding of the cultural and socio-economic context of agro- and ecosystems.

    • Students obtain experience with working in multidisciplinary and multicultural teams.

    Previous knowledge

    The field course is open to MSc students who have successfully followed or are following at least 2 out of the following 3 courses: Agro-Systems (I0U86A), Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (I0U37A) and Applied Soil Science and Land Evaluation (I0I08A).

    The field course is open to MSc students who follow the "Master of Bioscience Engineering: Agro- and Ecosystems Engineering"

     

    Order of Enrolment



    ( SIMULTANEOUS(I0U86A) AND SIMULTANEOUS(I0U37A)) OR ( SIMULTANEOUS(I0U86A) AND ( SIMULTANEOUS(I0I08A))) OR ( SIMULTANEOUS(I0U37A) AND SIMULTANEOUS(I0I08A))


    I0U86AI0U86A : Agro-Systems
    I0U37AI0U37A : Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services
    I0U86AI0U86A : Agro-Systems
    I0I08AI0I08A : Global Soil and Land Resources Management
    I0U37AI0U37A : Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services
    I0I08AI0I08A : Global Soil and Land Resources Management

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Integrated Project Temperate Agro- and Ecosystems (B-KUL-I0V35a)

    5 ECTS : Assignment 65 Second termSecond term

    Content

    The integrated project is intended as a hands-on, integrated project where knowledge gained during coursework is applied to address a multidisciplinary research question for given field conditions, through literature study, field observations, questionnaires, and field and laboratory measurements.

    This includes characterizing agro- and ecosystems and their relation to soil types, climate constraints, and where relevant, farm characteristics which will ultimately be used for making a business plan to start up a company in the agro- and ecosystems’ sector. Students will get acquainted to field methods, diagnostic tools and survey methods for the characterization of production systems, biodiversity, soils, and production constraints.

    Course material

    Manuals, background documents and background data provided on Toledo.

    Format: more information

    The field course will take place in a temperate zone study area, the specific timing and location may differ between editions but typically will take place in the Drôme region (southern France) end of April or early May. The subsequent week can be dedicated to a number of lab- and/or software excercises and allow students to finalize their team reports

    Important note: Students should be aware that the costs associated with their participation to a field course on location will largely need to be covered through their own financial contribution. The faculty covers a share of the costs (if it is the student's first study related travel abroad). The remaining part needs to be covered by the student. We therefore advise to foresee a budget in the order of ~600 € (based on the previous editions, this included an 8-day stay on site, full board).

    An overarching theme of the course is determine the main constraints and opportunities offered by the environmental settings of the region to ecosystem services (production, biodiversity, …). Student teams will thus need to describe specific agro- or ecosystem types in terms of cropping system and production techniques used (where relevant), productivity, biodiversity, and resource management. Activities/tools will include questionnaires, ground truthing of landuse information, quantifying ecosystem carbon stocks, …

    Following a series of preparatory sessions (combination of course + assignements + time for group work), the course will culminate in a one-week field course organized during the 2nd semester, which will be supervised by professors and research staff of KU Leuven.

    The course will include the following elements:
    • students will work in small teams and, prior to the field activities, compile literature information on the region and on specific topics and techniques that will be addressed during the field course; resulting in a ‘pre-field phase’ report.
    • 1-2 days of introductory field visits to familiarize students with the agro- and ecosystems in the region (e.g., predominant soil and vegetation types).
    •  Hands-on training on the use of field methods, diagnostic tools and survey methods.
    • Student teams will be assigned to describe specific agro- or ecosystem types over the course of several days, in terms of cropping system and production techniques used (where relevant), productivity, biodiversity, nutrient and energy balances, soil and climatic constraints, resource management.
    • Each team prepares a final report, and presents its results to all participants.

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Integrated Project Temperate Agro- and Ecosystems (B-KUL-I2V35a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Report, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment
    Learning material : Course material, Computer, Reference work

    Explanation

    The evaluation will be based on the quality of team reports and team presentations (70%), and on an assessment of the contribution of each student to the team work and team discussions (peer evaluation) (30%).

    Two team reports and two presentations are required:

    • Team report and presentation of the work done during the preparation for the field course (and presented during the first day of the field course).

    • Team report and presentation made after all field data have been processed

    If a student has 40% or less on the peer evaluation, the student has to make an individual assignment in June. A pass mark during the 1st examination period can then only be obtained if the student obtains a pass mark on the individual assignment.

     

    Information about retaking exams

    If a student fails during the 1st evaluation period (i.e. June evaluation), s/he has to make an individual assignment for the retake evaluation. A pass mark during the second examination period can then only be obtained if the student obtains a pass mark on the individual assignment.

    ECTS Inleiding tot bedrijfsbeheer (B-KUL-I0V52A)

    3 studiepunten Nederlands 26 Tweede semesterTweede semester
    Van Ruymbeke Kato (coördinator) |  Mathijs Erik |  De Bauw Michiel (plaatsvervanger) |  Van Ruymbeke Kato (plaatsvervanger)

    Doelstellingen

    Het doel van de cursus is om een inleiding te geven over de fundamentele concepten en technieken gebruikt in bedrijfsbeheer.

    Begintermen

    Basiskennis economie

    Volgtijdelijkheidsvoorwaarden



    SOEPEL (I9X36A) OF SOEPEL( D0W12B ) OF SOEPEL( X0E50A )


    I9X36AI9X36A : Bio-Economics
    D0W12BD0W12B : Inleiding tot de economie (TEW)
    X0E50AX0E50A : Inleiding tot de economie (TEW)

    Plaats in het onderwijsaanbod

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Inleiding tot bedrijfsbeheer: hoorcollege (B-KUL-I0V52a)

    3 studiepunten : College 26 Tweede semesterTweede semester
    Mathijs Erik |  De Bauw Michiel (plaatsvervanger) |  Van Ruymbeke Kato (plaatsvervanger)

    Inhoud

    De cursus volgt een systeemaanpak door bedrijven te analyseren als systemen die opereren in en interageren met hun omgeving:

    • Het doel, de start en hernieuwing van een bedrijf: ondernemingsplan, ondernemerschap, innovatie, duurzaamheid
    • De structuur van een bedrijf vanuit organisatorisch perspectief: organisatievormen, vennootschapsvormen en bijhorende rechtsvormen
    • De structuur van een bedrijf vanuit financieel perspectief: algemene boekhouding, financiële analyse en financiering
    • Optimalisatie van het bedrijfssysteem: kostprijssystemen, investeringsanalyse, strategie, marketing
    • Optimalisatie van de waardeketen: supply chain management
    • Analyse van de omgeving van het bedrijfssysteem: competitieve en externe omgeving

    Studiemateriaal

    • videoclips beschikbaar via Toledo
    • cursustekst

    Toelichting werkvorm

    De werkvorm is een op elkaar afgestemd geheel van videoclips en interactiecolleges:

    • voorafgaand aan elk interactiecollege moet elke student één of meerdere videoclips bestuderen; in elke videoclip brengt de docent een basisbegrip of een methode aan (de theorie);
    • de interactiecolleges vinden plaats in groep en bestaan uit twee delen: eerst werkt de docent een representatief probleem uit, volgens de principes en de methodiek die in de voorafgaande videoclips is aangebracht, en nadien werken de studenten onder begeleiding van de docent één of meerdere gelijkaardige problemen uit (toepassing van de theorie).

    In de interactiecolleges wordt de theorie niet meer herhaald. Het is dus noodzakelijk dat de student voorafgaandelijk de videoclips heeft bestudeerd.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluatie: Inleiding tot bedrijfsbeheer (B-KUL-I2V52a)

    Type : Examen tijdens de examenperiode
    Evaluatievorm : Schriftelijk

    ECTS Agricultural Economics - South African Agriculture (B-KUL-I0V76A)

    6 ECTS English 48 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    N.

    Aims

    This course deals with a holistic approach of South African agriculture and therefore it is expected that students can situate, analysis, interpret and understand the different aspects of the South African agriculture in a broad local and international context. Based on this knowledge students have to understand the agriculture policies, market tendencies and price setting of agricultural products and the mechanism behind.

     

    ~ All information in this ECTS-file is based on the information provided by our partner institution. Minor changes to the content might occur. ~

    ~ This course is the same as SUN 15504-234 ~

    Previous knowledge

    No specific prerequisites.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Agricultural Economics - South African Agriculture (B-KUL-I0V76a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 48 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    Course content

    1. Structure and properties of agricultural farms

    • Production related aspects
    • Use of resources

    2. Agriculture and economical aspects

    3. Institutional aspects

    4. International context

    5. Agricultural policies

    6. Marketing of agricultural products and prize setting in agriculture

     

    Course material

    Class notes are available in English

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Agricultural Economics - South African Agriculture (B-KUL-I2V75a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    ECTS Applied Plant Physiology - Ecophysiology of Horticultural and Agronomical Crops (B-KUL-I0V77A)

    6 ECTS English 44 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    N.

    Aims

    This course deals with ecophysiological principles i.e. the interaction of plants with their environment. However, this module has the notion of being plant physiology that is applied and in mainly targeted to horticultural crops. In this course the physiology of the plant, the effects of the environment and the resultant effect on crop production (yield) are weaved together.
    After the successful completion of this course the students should be able to:

    1. Discuss how physiological processes, in particular photosynthesis, respiration, function in the plant and how these processes are regulated, relate and influence one another.
    2. Discuss the core components of the IRGA, pressure bomb, fluorimeter, ceptometer and colorimeter and explain what these apparatus are able to measure and how in basic terms.
    3. Interpret measurement data from apparatus and make recommendations or deductions and relate these back to underlying physiological causes.
    4. Explain what plant stress is and be able to detect stress by analyzing graphs and/or measurement data. In addition you should be able to critically discuss the effect of plant stress on the plant’s physiological processes and health and potential impact on crop production (yield and/or quality).
    5. Discuss how plants have adapted to cope with stress and make practical recommendations on how to mitigate certain types of plant stresses detrimental to crop production.

     

    ~ All information in this ECTS-file is based on the information provided by our partner institution. Minor changes to the content might occur. ~

    ~ This course is the same as SUN 12487-414 ~

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of the basics of plant physiology.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Applied Plant Physiology - Ecophysiology of Horticultural and Agronomical Crops : Classes and Practicals (B-KUL-I0V77a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 44 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    Course content

    1. Introduction to the ecophysiology

    2. The chemistry of carbon assimilation

    • The light reaction
    • The dark reaction
    • Photorespiration
    • C4 and CAP photosynthesis
    • Portioning of photosynthesis products within the cell

    3. What is stress?

    4. Water and the plant-atmosphere continuum

    • Water the molecule of life
    • The water movement in the plant from soil to atmosphere
    • Physical drivers of transpiration
    • Morphological influences on transpiration (stomatal density and –size)
    • Isohydric and anisohydric plants and stomatal regulation (water deficit stress)
    • Adapting to changing water potentials
    • Measuring water status in plants
    • Water logging

    5. Measuring photosynthesis and introducing light and CO2 curves

    6. Gaseous exchange (CO2) and light

    • CO2 supply: physical and morphological factors
    • The light environment: canopy and light absorption by leaves
    • Measuring light interception using a Ceptometer
    • Sun versus shade plants and leaves: light curves revised
    • Measuring light stress
    • Natural mechanisms for reducing light stress. Acclimation, adaptation, xanthophyll cycle, ant-oxidants
    • UV stress
    • Colour and colour development
    • Sunburn

    7. Dark respiration

    8. Wrapping it up with temperature

     

     

    Course material

    Class notes are available in English; textbook

    Format: more information

    This course consists of 24h of lectures and 20h of practicals.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Applied Plant Physiology - Ecophysiology of Horticultural and Agronomical Crops (B-KUL-I2V77a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written, Participation during contact hours
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Reference work, Course material

    ECTS Horticultural Science - Applied Plant Physiology and Tree Architecture (B-KUL-I0V79A)

    6 ECTS English 51 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    N.

    Aims

    Students build up knowledge about theoretical concepts of a fruit tree physiology that are related to the important biological processes in fruit culture, such as different types of dormancy, growth and environmental effects on growth and development, cold hardening, reproductive growth, tree architecture and bearing habits. Based on this knowledge students are able to develop strategies for pruning fruit trees, planting systems, fruit thinning, bud rest breaking and related orchard practices.

     

    ~ All information in this ECTS-file is based on the information provided by our partner institution. Minor changes to the content might occur. ~

    ~ This course is the same as SUN 39632-434 ~

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of the basics of biological sciences.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Horticultural Science - Applied Plant Physiology and Tree Architecture: Classes and Practicals (B-KUL-I0V79a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 51 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    Course content

    1. Introduction
    2. Fundamental principles
    3. Regulation of growth and development
    4. Meristems-sites of growth and development
    5. Cell division and cell enlargement
    6. Hormone concentration and sensitivity
    7. Effect of the environment on growth
    8. Auxin transport
    9. Correlative dominance
    10. Apical dominance and apical control
    11. Root development and rooting of cuttings
    12. Formation of xylem and phloem; mechanisms of dwarfing
    13. Girdling and plant hormones
    14. Alternate bearing
    15. Cold hardening
    16. Dormancy and progression of dormancy during winter
    17. Physiology of dormancy
    18. Delayed budding, overcoming cold requirement and rest breaking
    19. Dormancy as a morphogenetic factor
    20. tree architecture and architectonic principles
    21. Apple and pear growth habits
    22. Planting systems
    23. Pruning
    24. Fruit size

    Course material

    Class notes are available in English.

    Format: more information

    This course consists of 24h of lectures and 27h of practicals.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Horticultural Science - Applied Plant Physiology and Tree Architecture (B-KUL-I2V79a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written, Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    60% examination mark and 40% permanent evaluation mark.

    ECTS Horticultural Science - Deciduous Fruit Production (B-KUL-I0V80A)

    6 ECTS English 51 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    N.

    Aims

    Students build up knowledge about different aspects of deciduous fruit production and can apply this knowledge to solve problems in fruit production. This knowledge includes: size and scope of deciduous fruit industry, various fruit types and cultivars that contribute to the fruit industry, growth and development biology of deciduous fruit trees and accompanying technology that is used in the fruit industry.

     

    ~ All information in this ECTS-file is based on the information provided by our partner institution. Minor changes to the content might occur. ~

    ~ This course is the same as SUN 39632-314 ~

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of the basics of biological sciences

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Horticultural Science - Deciduous Fruit Production: Classes and Practicals (B-KUL-I0V80a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 51 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    Course content

    1. Deciduous fruit: Description and origin
    2. Deciduous fruit industry: Scope, markets and competition
    3. Deciduous fruit cultivars and production areas
    4. Tree structure and phenology of pome and stone fruit
    5. Bearing habits of pome and stone fruit
    6. Vegetative growth
    7. Rootstocks
    8. Carbohydrate and nitrogen reserves (seasonal patterns of pome and stone fruit)
    9. Macro-element reserves
    10. Management to optimise reserves
    11. Dormancy (types of dormancy)
    12. Dormancy (models)
    13. Delayed foliation and chemical rest breaking
    14. Flower induction
    15. Flower initiation
    16. Flower differentiation and development (before winter)
    17. Flower differentiation and development (after winter)
    18. Flowering process (morphology and nectar production)
    19. Pollination and fertilisation biology and seed development
    20. Pollination practices (cross-pollinators and bee-keeping)
    21. Fruit set (fruit set and fruit fall patterns)
    22. Increase of fruit set (chemical)
    23. Increase of fruit set (physical manipulation)
    24. Fruit size
    25. Chemical thinning (biology – Addicott)
    26. Chemical thinning (agents and mechanisms)
    27. Manual thinning (pome and stone fruit)
    28. Ripening (ripeness parameters)

    Course material

    Class notes are available in English.

    Format: more information

    This course consists of 24h of lectures and 27h of practicals.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Horticultural Science - Deciduous Fruit Production (B-KUL-I2V80a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written, Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    60% examination mark and 40% permanent evaluation mark.

    ECTS Management of Soil and Groundwater Contamination (B-KUL-I0V98A)

    4 ECTS English 42 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    The management of soil and groundwater contamination is tightly associated with the management of the risks and of the impact that the contamination has on soil functioning and the health of people that directly or indirectly use the soil and groundwater. The risk of soil contamination is also closely connected to its potential to spread in the environment. To evaluate risks, knowledge on the hydrological and transport processes in soil and groundwater is required. The same is needed to determine how contamination can be managed and eventually removed by implementing suitable remediation technology that actively affects flow and transport. This course builds further on the knowledge acquired from courses like soil physics, environmental microbiology, environmental chemistry, environmental toxicology and applied soil and aquatic chemistry. At the end of the course, the students are expected to:

    - understand the different functions of a soil and how these functions are affected by contamination
    - evaluate the effects of different processes (advection in the air and water phase, rate limited dissolution, sorption and desorption) on the transport, behaviour, risk and removal of pollutants in the subsurface.
    - determine soil and aquifer characteristics based on specific experimental approaches (pump test)
    - describe different soil remediation technologies and select a suitable technology for a given contamination

    Previous knowledge

    - Knowledge related to general soil science, soil chemistry, soil physics, groundwater hydrology, soil biology, environmental microbiology and environmental toxicology
    - Fluent reading of English scientific texts
    - Basic skills to work with technical-scientific calculation packages (Matlab)

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Soil and Groundwater Management: Exercises and Practicals (B-KUL-I0J65a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 20 Second termSecond term

    Content

    Execution of a pump test at the Krauthausen test site
    Analysis of data from a pump test
    Calculation of capture zones around an extraction well
    Calculation of air flow and mass transfer of a volatile compound towards extraction points
    Calculation of the migration of a groundwater pollution plume from a source zone: sensitivity analysis to examine the effect of different processes and process parameters (sorption-desorption, dissolution rate, multicomponent degradation) on plume spreading
    Calculation of the dissolution rates of a NAPL pool and of the NAPL concentrations in the groundwater
    Calculation of the specific NAPL volume in a floating layer based on NAPL and soil characteristics

    Course material

    Spreadsheets, calculation programmes

    Format: more information

    Besides the practical session, a pump test will be done at the test site of Krauthausen. The test data have to be analyzed and used to simulate the transport from a virtual pollution on the site to pump wells. The results of this exercise should be summarized in a report to be discussed at the exam.

    Soil and Groundwater Management: Lectures (B-KUL-I0V98a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 22 Second termSecond term

    Content

    Part I: Flow in soil and groundwater

    - Soil water balance
    - Flow to pumping wells and capture zones of pumping wells.

    Part II: Advective flow in the soil air

    - Flow equation for air in porous media and analogy with equations describing water flow
    - Solving flow equations for air flow towards soil air extraction wells

    Part III: Transport of chemical components

    - Phase partitioning of chemical components in solid, fluid (water and non-aqueous liquids), and gas phases.

    - Diffusive transport in soil air

    - Convection-dispersion equation in water phase; 1-D, 2/3 D
    - Effect of sorption-desorption and rate limited transfer processes (kinetic sorption-desorption, dissolution from stagnant water phase) on transport
    - Description of degradation and multicomponent reactive processes and effect of mixing on multicomponent reactive transport

    Part IV:  Behaviour of NAPLs in soil and groundwater

    - Capillary pressure and saturation relationships, displacement pressure and residual NAPL content
    - Migration of light NAPLs and dense NAPLs in soil: smear zones, floating layers, pools and capillary barriers.
    - Interpretation of the thickness of NAPL floating layers in observation wells: definition and calculation of LNAPL specific volumes.

     

    Course material

    Cursustekst,
    Chapter 2, Chapter 3, part of Chapter 5, Chapter 6 of Groundwater Science by Charles R. Fitts;
    Soil and Groundwater Contamination: Non Aqueous Phase Liquids by Mayer and Hassanizadeh, Water Resources Monograph 17, American Geophysical Union, 2005.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Management of Soil and Groundwater Contamination (B-KUL-I2V98a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Report, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer

    Explanation

    Two parts are evaluated: (i) a report on the assignments during the exercise sessions, (ii) a final exam. A week before the exam, a report about assignments during the exercise sessions must be handed in. The report and question to the report that will be asked at the exam count for 10/20.

    The final exam consists of an open and closed book exam. During the open book exam, spreadsheets and matlab files used during the practical and as an example can be used. The open and closed book exam each count for 5/20.


    To pass this course, the student should pass each of the two individual parts of the exam (report on the exercises and the final exam). Students who do not pass for one of the two parts will obtain an overall mark that is smaller than or equal to 9/20.
    Partial transfer of the grades related to the practical session to the next academic year is granted for scores of 50% and up on these parts.

    ECTS Internship Bioscience Engineering (Semester 1) (B-KUL-I0W20A)

    6 ECTS English 0 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Goos Peter (coordinator) |  Aerts Jean-Marie |  Goos Peter |  Grauwet Tara |  Kirschhock Christine |  Norton Tomas |  Paeshuyse Jan |  Van Orshoven Jos |  Vonesch Sibylle |  N. |  Springael Dirk (substitute)  |  Less More

    Aims

    This course can only be taken by students from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    During the internship, the student performs a well-defined assignment under supervision in a company or organisation, relating to the discipline. The aim is to confront acquired knowledge and competences with practice and to further develop them, as well as to develop a number of additional competences and attitudes that are important to the field, on the basis of a first work experience.

    Internship-specific technical competences
    - Using acquired knowledge and competences to describe the problem of the internship assignment and to formulate solutions
    - Being able to deepen acquired knowledge and research new information required for the internship assignment
    - Efficiently executing assignments and actions in an accurate way with attention for the quality
    - Accurately reporting on the progress and the final result
    - Critically evaluating interim results and the final result.

    Functioning within the organization
    - Judiciously acting according to the rules and agreements within the organization
    - Taking into account the conditions (resources, timing, prioritization ...) within the internship environment
    - Dealing with various colleagues in a professional way

    Reflection on the learning process, learning outcomes and the student's own performance
    - Reflecting on the actions and results
    - Formulating strengths and weaknesses
    - Ability to reflect on the professional attitude

    Previous knowledge

    A master student of biosciences engineering can only take one internship course in his/her programme (ISP).

    Each of the following internship courses is therefore not cumulative with any other internship-OPO:

    • I0W22A ‘Stage bio-ingenieurswetenschappen’ (semester 1)
    • I0W23A ‘Stage bio-ingenieurswetenschappen’ (semester 2)
    • I0W20A ‘Internship Bioscience Engineering’ (semester 1)
    • I0W21A ‘Internship Bioscience Engineering’ (semester 2)
    • I0T81B ‘Ontwikkeling van geo-toepassingen’
    • I0D65B ‘Geo-Application Development’
    • I0U77A 'Practica Integrada I'
    • I0A98A Industriële stage katalytische technologie

    If, after approval by the POC, students have completed one of the internships I0W20A, I0W22A, I0T81B or I0D65B before the deadline before the first submission of the ISP for the Master's program, then the POC can allow cumul with the other internship-OPO. However, this is not possible for cumul with I0A98A.

    Identical courses

    I0O70B: Stage als keuzevak (4 weken)
    I0O71B: Stage als keuzevak (6 weken)
    I0W23A: Stage bio-ingenieurswetenschappen (semester 2)
    I0W21A: Internship Bioscience Engineering (Semester 2)
    I0W22A: Stage bio-ingenieurswetenschappen (semester 1)

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Internship Bioscience Engineering (Semester 1) (B-KUL-I0W20a)

    6 ECTS : Internship 0 First termFirst term

    Content

    During the internship (at least 5 weeks) the student performs under supervision a specific task in a company or organization belonging to the field of training. The aim is to further develop knowledge and competences, and to develop some additional skills and attitudes that are important in the field. University research laboratories as internship organization are permitted to the extent that the nature of the internship project should also permit to acquire other than research skills. The assignment must be completely independent of the master's thesis.

    More information on the procedure, as well as relevant documents, can be found on the website: https://www.biw.kuleuven.be/en/study/internships/internships

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Internship Bioscience Engineering (Semester 1) (B-KUL-I2W20a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report, Presentation, Process evaluation

    Explanation

    For the final evaluation, a committee is appointed by the faculty and uses an evaluation matrix that assesses the three components (product, process and presentation). The scores of the individual committee members on each of the 3 parts are reduced to a consensus score (X/20) for each part after the presentation is completed by the evaluation committee. To arrive at the final score, the sub-consensus scores are weighted a ratio of 50% for process, 25% for report and 25% for presentation.

    The result must be submitted to the faculty no later than 19 November of the current academic year.

    Information about retaking exams

    (a) If the final score, the combination of three sub-scores (one for the evaluation of the process, one of the report and one for the presentation) is insufficient (<10/20) and the sub-score for the process is insufficient (<10/20), then there is no second exam chance. The internship will only be removed from the ISP of the student in case of force majeure and should be replaced by an elective course in the second semester.

    (b) If the final score (the combination of three sub-scores: one for the evaluation of the process, one of the report and one for the presentation) is insufficient (<10/20) but the sub-score for the internship process is sufficient (≥10/20, then there is a second exam chance. This consists of the reworking and resubmission of the report before the end of the 1st exam session. There is no new presentation. The final result for the second exam chance is calculated as a weighted average of the original process score (50%) and the new score for the report (40%). The absence of a presentation is therefore penalized at a rate of 10%. The new score for the report is determined by consensus between the members of the evaluation committee.

    (c) If there is no evaluation before the 20th of November, then the procedure as in (b) will be followed. If there is no evaluation of the internship before the end of the first exam period or the end result is insufficient, then the student does not pass the course and he/she has used all exam chances for the academic year.

    ECTS Internship Bioscience Engineering (Semester 2) (B-KUL-I0W21A)

    6 ECTS English 0 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Goos Peter (coordinator) |  Aerts Jean-Marie |  Goos Peter |  Grauwet Tara |  Kirschhock Christine |  Norton Tomas |  Paeshuyse Jan |  Van Orshoven Jos |  Vonesch Sibylle |  N. |  Springael Dirk (substitute)  |  Less More

    Aims

    This course can only be taken by students from the Faculty of Bioscience Engineering.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    During the internship, the student performs a well-defined assignment under supervision in a company or organisation, relating to the discipline. The aim is to confront acquired knowledge and competences with practice and to further develop them, as well as to develop a number of additional competences and attitudes that are important to the field, on the basis of a first work experience.

    Internship-specific technical competences
    - Using acquired knowledge and competences to describe the problem of the internship assignment and to formulate solutions
    - Being able to deepen acquired knowledge and research new information required for the internship assignment
    - Efficiently executing assignments and actions in an accurate way with attention for the quality
    - Accurately reporting on the progress and the final result
    - Critically evaluating interim results and the final result.

    Functioning within the organization
    - Judiciously acting according to the rules and agreements within the organization
    - Taking into account the conditions (resources, timing, prioritization ...) within the internship environment
    - Dealing with various colleagues in a professional way

    Reflection on the learning process, learning outcomes and the student's own performance
    - Reflecting on the actions and results
    - Formulating strengths and weaknesses
    - Ability to reflect on the professional attitude

    Previous knowledge

    A master student of bioscience engineering can only take one internship course in his/her programme (ISP).

    Each of the following internship courses is therefore not cumulative with any other internship course:

    • I0W22A ‘Stage bio-ingenieurswetenschappen’ (semester 1)
    • I0W23A ‘Stage bio-ingenieurswetenschappen’ (semester 2)
    • I0W20A ‘Internship bioscience engineering’ (semester 1)
    • I0W21A ‘Internship bioscience engineering’ (semester 2)
    • I0T81B ‘Ontwikkeling van geo-toepassingen’
    • I0D65B ‘Geo-Application Development’
    • I0U77A 'Practica Integrada I'
    • I0A98A Industriële stage katalytische technologie

    If, after approval by the POC, students have completed one of the internships I0W20A, I0W22A, I0T81B or I0D65B before the deadline before the first submission of the ISP for the Master's program, then the POC can allow cumul with the other internship-courses. However, this is not possible for cumul with I0A98A.

    Identical courses

    I0O70B: Stage als keuzevak (4 weken)
    I0O71B: Stage als keuzevak (6 weken)
    I0W20A: Internship Bioscience Engineering (Semester 1)
    I0W23A: Stage bio-ingenieurswetenschappen (semester 2)
    I0W22A: Stage bio-ingenieurswetenschappen (semester 1)

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Internship Bioscience Engineering (Semester 2) (B-KUL-I0W21a)

    6 ECTS : Internship 0 Second termSecond term

    Content

    During the internship (at least 5 weeks) the student performs under supervision a specific task in a company or organization belonging to the field of training. The aim is to further develop knowledge and competences, and to develop some additional skills and attitudes that are important in the field. University research laboratories as internship organization are permitted to the extent that the nature of the internship project should also permit to acquire other than research skills. The assignment must be completely independent of the master's thesis.

    More information on the procedure, as well as relevant documents, can be found on the website: https://www.biw.kuleuven.be/en/study/internships/internships

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Internship Bioscience Engineering (Semester 2) (B-KUL-I2W21a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report, Presentation, Process evaluation

    Explanation

    For the final evaluation a commission is appointed by the faculty and an evaluation matrix is used for the evaluation of the three components (product, process and presentation, at the rate of 25% - 50% - 25%).

    The end result must be mailed to faculteit.biw@kuleuven.be before May 20th of the running academic year.

    Information about retaking exams

    (a) If the final score (the combination of three sub-scores: one for the evaluation of the process, one of the report and one for the presentation) is insufficient (<10/20) but the sub-score for the internship process is sufficient (≥10/20, calculated at a rate of 50% process, 25% product, 25% presentation) then there is a second examination. This consists of rework and resubmission of the report before the end of the 3rd exam session. There is no new presentation. The final result for the second chance is calculated as a weighted average of the original process score (50%) and the new score for the report (40%). The absence of a presentation is therefore penalized at a rate of 10%. The new score for the report is determined by consensus between the members of the evaluation committee. Each member of the evaluation committee has to complete a new evaluation matrix for the product part through the internship coordinator and has to turn it in to the student administration at the faculty.

    (b) If there is no evaluation before May 20th, then the procedure as in (a) will be followed. If there is no evaluation of the internship before the end of the third exam period of the end result is insufficient, then the student does not pass the course and he/she has used all exam chances for the academic year.

    ECTS Transport Phenomena in Bioscience Engineering (B-KUL-I0W36A)

    5 ECTS English 58 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    Transport phenomena are important in numerous biological processes. This course introduces the basic principles of transport of heat, mass and momentum in bioscience engineering.  The emphasis is on the underlying physics, but also on the ability to distinguish between essential and less important aspects from an engineering point of view. The concepts are illustrated by examples from agriculture, biology, chemistry, food technology, environmental sciences and medicine.

    After successfully concluding this course, the students will have the following competences:

    • Understanding the mechanisms of heat, mass and momentum transport
    • Constructing heat, mass and energy balances and solving the corresponding equations
    • Applying of these balances to typical transport problems a bioscience engineer will encounter

    Previous knowledge

    Attention for problem-solving reasoning on the basis of quantitative thinking and modeling.

    Order of Enrolment



    SIMULTANEOUS( I0N19B ) OR SIMULTANEOUS( G0N84B ) OR SIMULTANEOUS( G0O17D ) OR SIMULTANEOUS( X0C11A ) OR SIMULTANEOUS( X0E49A )


    I0N19BI0N19B : Differentiaalvergelijkingen
    G0N84BG0N84B : Differentiaalvergelijkingen
    G0O17DG0O17D : Wiskunde II
    X0C11AX0C11A : Differentiaalvergelijkingen deel I: gewone differentiaalvergelijkingen
    X0E49AX0E49A : Differentiaalvergelijkingen deel I: gewone differentiaalvergelijkingen


    Identical courses

    I0N24A: Fysische transportverschijnselen
    X0C04A: Fysische transportverschijnselen
    X0E56A: Fysische transportverschijnselen

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Transport Phenomena in Bioscience Engineering: Lectures (B-KUL-I0W36a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term

    Content

    Heat transfer

    1. Equilibrium, energy conservation, temperature
    2. Models of heat transfer
    3. Governing equation and boundary conditions of heat transfer
    4. Conduction heat transfer: steady-state
    5. Conduction heat transfer: unsteady-state
    6. Convection heat transfer
    7. Heat transfer with phase change
    8. Radiative energy transfer

     Momentum transfer

    1. Pressure
    2. Laminar flow
    3. Turbulent flow
    4. Mechanical energy balance: Bernoulli equation
    5. Pumps

    Mass transfer

    1. Equilibrium, mass conservation and kinetics
    2. Models of mass transfer
    3. Governing equations and boundary conditions of mass transfer
    4. Diffusion mass transfer: steady state
    5. Diffusion mass transfer: unsteady state
    6. Convection mass transfer

    Course material

    See Toledo for slides and extra information
    - Compulsory manual:  Biological and Bioenvironmental Heat and Mass Transfer (2002) Ashim K. Datta, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York. ISBN 0-8247-0775-3

    Format: more information

    Lecture with demonstrations-experiments

    Transport Phenomena in Bioscience Engineering: Exercices (B-KUL-I0W37a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 32 Second termSecond term

    Content

    During the exercise sessions, the student becomes familiar with the lecture topics and learns to apply the theory to practical problems that a bioscience engineer typically will encounter.

    Via PC exercises (Python), students learn how to solve simple transport problems numerically.

    Course material

    See Toledo for the exercises (assignment + solution)

    Format: more information

    Exercise sessions: the students solve exercises with pen and paper/computer under the supervision of teaching assistants.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Transport Phenomena in Bioscience Engineering (B-KUL-I2W36a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : List of formulas, Calculator

    Explanation

    The evaluation of the course consists of a written exam during the exam period. The written exam is a closed book exam and includes one theory question, one exercise and five small detail questions. Students may use a clean formula list and a calculator (but not a graphical calculator). Cell phones, smart watches and smart glasses are not allowed.

    Information about retaking exams

    Same as primary exam

    ECTS Research Topics in Human Movement Biomechanics (B-KUL-L01N7A)

    4 ECTS English 43 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract

    Aims

    This course introduces the student to state of the art literature, research questions and methodologies in the field of human movement biomechanics.

     

    At the end the student is able to:.
     - comprehend and explain state of the art measurement techniques in human movement biomechanics;

    - determine the strength and the weakness of different methodologies, measurement protocols and processing workflows.

    - evaluate the appropriateness of the data interpretations and conclusions

    - evaluate and discuss the quality of a published scientific manuscript in the field of movement biomechanics, convey his/her assessment to peers and guide discussion on this topic. The student is able to make a SWOT analysis of scientific papers

     

    This course contributes to:
    - critical reading of scientific literature.
    - the development of test leader skills.

    -the understanding of the interaction and interpretation of multi-parameter processes.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of biomechanics of the musculoskeletal system.

     

    Prerequisites credit contract

    Students with one of the following degrees are allowed to follow this course :

    - Bachelor in physical education and movement sciences

    - Bachelor in rehabilitation sciences and physiotherapy

    - Bachelor in medicine

    - Bachelor in biomedical sciences

    - Bachelor in pharmaceutical sciences

    - Bachelor in biomedical engineering

    - Bachelor in bioengineering

    AND has taken the course (or takes it simultaneously)

    - Advanced Research Skills for the Human Movement Scientist  (eg L07M8A)

    Prerequisites for students who are not registered for the programs bachelor of Physical Education and Movement Sciences/Master of Movement and Sports Sciences, but wish to include the course as a component of choice in their programme:
    These students should contact the coordinator of the course. On the basis of prior knowledge and motivation, the coordinator will determine whether or not the student can be admitted to the course.

    Order of Enrolment



    SIMULTANEOUS(L07M8A)


    L07M8AL07M8A : Advanced Research Skills for the Human Movement Scientist


    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research Topics in Human Movement Biomechanics (B-KUL-L01N7a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 43 First termFirst term

    Content

    This course introduces the student to state of the art literature and research questions in the field of human movement biomechanics, related to – but not restricted to - musculoskeletal loading, rigid body simulations, muscle mechanics, muscle-tendon interaction, neuro-mechanics, mechanobiology, metabolic energy of locomotion. State of the art methodologies related to experimental techniques (e.g. Integrated 3D Motion Capture, Surface EMG, Ultrasound, dynamometry, accelerometry…) – as well as computational techniques (musculoskeletal modelling, rigid body human motion simulation, neuromechanical simulation, finite element simulation…) are presented.

     

    Course material

    Power point, Reader and course material on Toledo

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research Topics in Human Movement Biomechanics (B-KUL-L21N7a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Participation during contact hours, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Reference work

    Explanation

    The weighting of the different exam evaluations will be clarified on Toledo.

    Students have to pass all evaluation parts in order to succeed the course.

    If some parts of the evaluation are not completed (in time) the overall evaluation is ‘not completed’ (NA)

     

     

    The students are expected to be acquainted with the education and the examination regulations of the KU Leuven and the faculty additions, including the rules about plagiarism.

    Information about retaking exams

    The mark for the 2nd exam opportunity is calculated based only on the score of the exam and the score of the paper/presentation. Students who have passed the paper/presentation in the first exam opportunity do not need to re-do the paper in the 2nd exam opportunity. In that case the score of the paper/presentation will be retained and the student only need to retake the exam.